KR20030078957A - Aryl and heteroaryl urea chk1 inhibitors for use as radiosensitizers and chemosensitizers - Google Patents

Abstract

Aryl- and heteroaryl-substituted urea compounds useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions related to DNA damage or lesions in DNA replication are disclosed. Methods of making the compounds, and their use as therapeutic agents, for example, in treating cancer and other diseases characterized by defects in DNA replication, chromosome segregation, or cell division also are disclosed.

Description

Aryl and Heteroaryl Urea CHK1 INHIBITORS FOR USE AS RADIOSENSITIZERS AND CHEMOSENSITIZERS}

An important and significant goal in health care is to find and manufacture safer and more effective drugs useful for the treatment of cancer. Most chemotherapy agents act by disrupting DNA metabolism, DNA synthesis, DNA transcription, or microtubule spindle function, or by introducing DNA lesions to disrupt the structural integrity of the chromosome. These processes affect both normal and tumor cells. Since maintenance of DNA integrity is essential for cell viability of normal cells, anticancer agents are classified as any drug class with the lowest therapeutic index.

Individual cells form the exact copy of the chromosome and then separate each of these into two cells by a process called mitosis. The mitotic cycle can be divided into three main stages: cell replication, chromosome separation and cell differentiation. The cells have a sensing mechanism that maintains the order of these steps relative to each other and ensures that these steps are performed under high fidelity. The exploration mechanism for these steps is referred to as "checkpoint" in L. H. Hartwell et al., Science , Nov. 3, 1989, 246 (4930): 629-34.

Cell cycle checkpoints have been reported to include three or more different classes of polypeptides. Each of these classes of polypeptides acts sequentially on cell cycle signals or lacks a chromosomal mechanism (see Carr [ Science (1996), 271: 314-315). One protein family detects or detects DNA damage or abnormalities in the cell cycle. These sensors include the Ataxia-Telangiectasia Mutated (Atm) sensor and the Ataxia-Telangiectasia Rad-related sensor (Kiagan et al., Genes Dev). (1996), 10: 2423-2437. Another class of polypeptides amplify and deliver the signal detected by the detector, examples being Rad53 (see Allin et al., Genes Dev ., 8: 2416-2488) and Chk1. In addition, cell cycle effectors, such as p53, mediate cellular responses, including, for example, mitosis and / or meiosis and arrest of apoptosis.

DNA damage can be induced by drugs, radiation, or can occur spontaneously during normal metabolism. DNA damage checkpoints confirm that cells with unrepaired DNA lesions do not proceed to DNA synthesis or mitosis until chromosomal lesions are removed. Arrest of the cell cycle can enhance the chance of DNA repair and improve the fidelity of cell differentiation. DNA damage can be recognized throughout the cell cycle. Checkpoints confirm that cell growth is arrested at multiple cell cycle stages. As a result, multiple cell cycle signal pathways can be formed while cells are sensitized to DNA damaging factors.

Many recent speculations on the function of cell cycle checkpoints are from studies of tumor-induced cell lines. In many cases, tumor cells have lost major cell cycle checkpoints [Hartwell et al. , Science, Dec. 16, 1994; 266 (5192): 1821-8]. A major step in the process of the cell's evolution into a neoplastic state has been reported to be the acquisition of mutations that inactivate the cell cycle checkpoint pathways, eg p52 {Wineberg, RA, Cell 81: 323-330 (1995). )]; Levin, AJ, Cell 88: 3234-331 (1997). If these cell cycle checkpoints are lost, tumor cells may be improperly circulated in response to DNA damaging factors. When faced with cell stress (eg DNA damage) and cell cycle conditions under low fidelity, tumor cells have difficulty altering the rate of progression of the cell cycle. Thus, by inhibiting and disrupting additional DNA damage checkpoint pathways, tumor cells may be more sensitized to anticancer therapies such as radiation and chemotherapy.

Non-cancerous tissues with complete cell cycle checkpoints are usually isolated due to transient disruption of a single checkpoint pathway. However, tumor cells have defects in the pathways that control the progression of the cell cycle, making them particularly sensitive to DNA damaging factors in the event of further checkpoints, eg, DNA damage checkpoints. For example, tumor cells containing the mutant p53 have defects both in terms of the ability to maintain G1 DNA damage checkpoints and G2 DNA damage checkpoints [Burns et al. Science , Nov. 20, 1998; 282 (5393): 1497-501; Levine]}. Checkpoint inhibitors that target the initiation of a G2 checkpoint or S phase checkpoint further defeat the ability of these tumor cells to repair DNA damage and are therefore expected to selectively kill these tumor cells relative to normal cells. Thus, checkpoint inhibitors are expected to improve both the therapeutic index, which is a measure of tumor controllability compared to the virulence potential for normal tissue, i.e., the therapeutic index for both radiation and systemic unity therapy.

The ability of a checkpoint inhibitor to improve the therapeutic index may vary depending on the tumor type. Tumors with cell cycle defects complementary to the DNA damage checkpoint pathway may be best sensitized to inhibitor drug treatment. In contrast, another discrete potential therapeutic agent, DNA-PK inhibitor, is expected to sensitize tumor cells regardless of cell type. In addition, the systemic approach of applying checkpoint inhibitors and DNA-PK inhibitors may be effective in the treatment of metastatic diseases to which radiation therapy may not be targeted.

The checkpoint proteins Atm and Atr are assumed to initiate signal transduction pathways that induce cell cycle arrest or any blockade of DNA replication in the presence of DNA damage. Atm has been shown to act at DNA damage checkpoints for ionizing radiation (IR). Patients deficient in functional Atm develop capillary ataxia ataxia disease (AT). Symptoms of AT include severe sensitization to ionizing radiation (IR), cerebellar degeneration, ocular dermal capillary dilatation, gonadotropin, immunodeficiency and an increased risk of developing cancer {Sylon Eur. J. Hum. Genet 1995; 3 (2): 116-38]. Fibroblasts derived from these patients are believed to be defective in G1, S and G2 checkpoints and also in terms of their response to IR {Castan et al., Cell , Nov. 13, 1992; 71 (4): 587-97; Scott et al. Int. J. Radiat. Biol ., Dec, 1994; 66 (6 suppl): S157-63; And Beamish et al ., J. Biol. Chem . Aug. 26, 1993; 271 (34): 20486-93]. Thus, Atm can repair damage by sensitizing damage to double-stranded DNA induced by IR and radiation-like drugs and signaling the cell cycle to be arrested.

Atr is a checkpoint protein promoted by breakage of double stranded DNA, factors that induce single stranded DNA break and factors that block DNA irradiation. Overexpression of Atr in muscle cells on isochromosomes 3q leads to blocking differentiation, abnormal number of cell centers, chromosomal instability, and eliminates G1 inhibition on IR {Smith et al ., Nat. Genet ., May 1998; 19 (1): 39-46]. Overexpression of Atr's kinase inactive, dominant defect mutations results in cells being sensitized to IR, ultraviolet (UV), MMS, and cisplatin (Klieby et al., EMBO J. Jan. 2, 1998, 17 (1). ): 159-69] and Wright et al ., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci . USA, June 23, 1998; 95 (13): 7445-50]. In addition, Atr is associated with chromosomes of meiotic cells in which DNA breaks and abnormal DNA structures persist as a result of meiotic recombination processes. See Genes Dev . October 1, 1996; 10 (19): 433-37.In addition, Atr, like Atm, sensitizes factors that block DNA damage and DNA replication, as well as G2 for DNA repair. And cell cycle arrest in S.

Chk1 is assumed to be located downstream of the protein kinase Atm and / or Atr in the DNA damage checkpoint signal transduction pathway (Sanche et al., Science , 1997; 277: 1497-1501; US Pat. No. 6,218,109}. In mammalian cells, Chk1 is phosphorylated in response to factors that cause DNA damage, including IR, UV and hydroxyurea (Sanche et al., 1997; Rue et al., Genes Dev . 2000; 14: 1448-1459}. Phosphorylation and activation of Chk1 in mammalian cells depends on Atm (Chen et al., 1999) and Atr (Lu et al., 2000). In yeast S. pombe , Chk1 is also believed to be involved in response to IR and block replication [Body et al., 1998; See, et al., 1993. In addition, Chk1 is known to be important for cell cycle control, wee1 {Oconel et al., EMBO J. 1997; 16: 545-554] and Pds1 {Sánchez et al., Science 1999; 286: 1166-1171. It has been shown to phosphorylate all gene products. These studies demonstrated that Chk1 in mammals acts on both Atm dependent DNA damage checkpoints and induces inhibition in the S phase. However, the action of Chk1 in S phase replication checkpoints in mammalian cells still needs to be elucidated. Interestingly, Chk1 knockout mice are lethal in fetal conditions, suggesting Chk1's function in organism development and Chk1's function in DNA damage checkpoints.

Chk1 can induce G2 inhibition by phosphorylating and inactivating Cdc25C, a bispecific phosphatase that normally dephosphorylates cyclin B / cdc2 as cells progress to mitosis [Funery et al. , Science, Sep. 5, 1997; 277 (5331): 1495-7; Sanchez et al .; Matsuoka et al .; And Blashina et al ., Curr. Biol. , Jan. 14, 1999; 9 (1): 1-10]. This mechanism of regulating Cdc2 activity promotes cell cycle arrest to prevent the introduction of cells into mitosis in the presence of DNA damage or nonreplicated DNA.

Cross Reference to Related Applications

This application claims priority to US Provisional Application No. 60 / 273,124, filed on February 1, 2002.

Technical Field of the Invention

The present invention relates to compounds useful for inhibiting enzymes that maintain and repair the integrity of genetic material. More specifically, the present invention provides a series of aryl-substituted, and heteroaryl-substituted urea compounds, methods of making these compounds, and for example cancer and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) replication, chromosome isolation, or cell differentiation. It relates to the use of these compounds as therapeutic agents in the treatment of other diseases characterized by deficiencies.

The present invention relates to potent and selective chemical sensitizers useful for the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with lesions or DNA damage in DNA replication. Compounds of the invention are inhibitors of the checkpoint kinase Chk1. In particular, aryl-substituted, and heteroaryl-substituted urea compounds have been demonstrated to have significant activity on the inhibition of Chk1.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting checkpoint kinase Chk1 comprising administering to a subject a compound of Formula 1, or a composition containing said compound. The compound of Formula 1 and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have the following Formula 1

In the above formula,

X ¹ is absent or is -O-, -S-, -CH _2- , or -N (R ¹ )-,

X ² is -O-, -S-, or -N (R ¹ )-,

Y is O or S, or = Y represents two hydrogen atoms attached to a common carbon atom,

W is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl or aryl group,

Z is selected from the group consisting of hydro, aryl, and heteroaryl,

Wherein the aryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ² , and the heteroaryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ⁵ , wherein the hetero of W The cycloalkyl group and cycloalkyl group are optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents represented by R ⁶ ,

R ¹ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl,

R ² is halogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , CO ₂ R ³ , C (O) N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ , N (R ¹ ) COR ³ , N (R ¹ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C ( O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene NHC (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneSO ₂ NR ³ , C _{1- 3} alkyleneOR ³ and SR ³ ,

R ³ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ⁴ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ) ₂ or two R ³ groups together form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered aliphatic ring,

R ⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ⁴ groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring,

R ⁵ is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , halo, N ₃ , CN, C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ and Selected from the group consisting of,

R ⁶ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to aryl-disubstituted, and heteroaryl-disubstituted urea compounds having the formula (2) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof.

In the above formula,

Y 'is O or S,

W 'is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , N ₃ , CN, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ and

Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of

Is selected from the group consisting of

Z ' Selected from the group consisting of,

Wherein Q 'is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR ⁷ , SR ⁷ and N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,

J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ , NR ⁸ , O and S,

K 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁹ , NR ⁹ , O and S,

L 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ , NR ¹⁰ , O and S,

M 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹¹ , NR ¹¹ , O and S,

R ⁷ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹² ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ) ₂ independently, or two R ⁷ groups together form a 3- to 6-membered aliphatic ring optionally substituted,

R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ are absent, hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyl LenOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _{1 -3} alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ² , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) Heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ and SR ⁷ , and R ⁷ is as described above,

R ¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of absent, hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, and halo,

R ¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹² groups together form a 3 to 6 membered ring,

R ¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl,

Provided that when Q 'is hydrogen or OCH ₃ , at least one of R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is not selected from hydrogen, CH ₃ , OCH ₃ or halo.

Yet another embodiment of the present invention relates to a carbamido substituted heteroaryl group represented by Formula 3 below.

In the above formula,

W ″ ′ is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl group or aryl group,

Wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ¹⁴ , the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ¹⁸ , and the heterocycloalkyl and cycloalkyl groups are represented by R ¹⁹ Optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents,

R ¹⁴ is halo, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ¹⁶ ) ₂ , OR ¹⁶ , CO ₂ R ¹⁶ , C (O) N (R ¹⁶ ) ₂ , C (O) R ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁵ ) COR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁵ ) C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C ( O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneOR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneNHC (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneSO ₂ NR ¹⁶ , C _{1- 3} alkyleneOR ¹⁶ and SR ¹⁶ ,

R ¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _1-6 alkynyl and aryl,

R ¹⁶ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹⁷ ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹⁷ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹⁷ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹⁷⁾ ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹⁷ ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹⁷ ) ₂ ) ₂ , or two R ¹⁶ groups together form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered aliphatic ring,

R ¹⁷ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹⁷ groups form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered ring,

R ¹⁸ is selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ¹⁵ ) ₂ , OR ¹⁵ and halo,

R ¹⁹ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl.

The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound of formula (2), to the use in the treatment of a disease or condition of the compound and the composition containing the compound, and to the synthesis of the compound of formula (2) It relates to a method of making an associated intermediate.

Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiments

Radiation and most chemotherapeutic agents are therapeutically effective because they utilize inadequate tumor cell proliferation. Cellular processes such as DNA damage repair and cell cycle checkpoints protect tumor cells from the toxic effects of physical and chemical agents. Treatment that modulates the molecular mechanisms that underlie cell cycle progression and resistance to DNA damage can enhance the death of tumor cells and improve the therapeutic index of existing therapies.

Most chemotherapy agents work by disrupting DNA metabolism. Since these processes are shared by both normal and tumor cells, and the maintenance of DNA integrity is essential for cell viability, anticancer agents have the lowest therapeutic index of any drug class. By identifying and inhibiting the cellular processes upon which tumor cells depend, it is possible to enhance the effectiveness of the treatment of radiation and chemotherapy.

Blocking DNA damage checkpoint protein function is a novel means of killing tumor cells in proportion to normal cells. For example, Chk1 confirms that cells with unrepaired DNA lesions caused by certain drugs or radiation do not progress to DNA synthesis or mitosis until the chromosomal lesions are removed. Thus, tumor cells treated with Chk1 inhibitors in combination with DNA damaging agents can be killed using less DNA damaging agents than tumor cells treated with DNA damaging agents alone.

Damage to cell cycle checkpoints in normal cells is subject to susceptibility to many disease states (e.g. cancer, capillary ataxia, abdominal abnormalities and various immunological defects associated with the development of abnormal B and T cells). Or cause the disease directly in the subject. The various immunological combinations described above are associated with pathological conditions of lupus, arthritis and autoimmune diseases. Therefore, intensive research has been conducted to identify cell cycle checkpoints and to identify proteins essential for the availability of these checkpoints.

Non-cancerous tissues with complete cellular checkpoints are usually isolated due to the transient destruction of a single checkpoint pathway (eg, Chk1 pathway). However, since tumor cells have several defects in the pathways that control cell cycle progression, these tumor cells may be particularly sensitive to DNA damage factors in the event of disruption of DNA damage checkpoints. Thus, checkpoint inhibitors are expected to improve the therapeutic index, which is a measure of tumor controllability compared to the potential for toxicity on normal tissues in radiation and systemic chemotherapy. In contrast, other types of inhibitors cannot be switched to combinatorial chemotherapy because normal and tumor tissues can be similarly sensitized.

Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting Chk1 comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula 1, or a composition containing the compound. The compound of Chemical Formula 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have the following Chemical Formula 1.

Formula 1

In the above formula,

X ¹ is absent or is -O-, -S-, -CH _2- , or -N (R ¹ )-,

X ² is -O-, -S-, or -N (R ¹ )-,

Y is O or S, or = Y represents two hydrogen atoms attached to a common carbon atom,

W is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl or aryl group,

Z is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, and heteroaryl,

Wherein the aryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ² , and the heteroaryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ⁵ , wherein the hetero of W The cycloalkyl group and cycloalkyl group are optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents represented by R ⁶ ,

R ¹ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl,

R ² is halogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , CO ₂ R ³ , C (O) N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ , N (R ¹ ) COR ³ , N (R ¹ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C ( O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene NHC (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneSO ₂ NR ³ , C _{1- 3} alkyleneOR ³ and SR ³ ,

R ³ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ⁴ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ) ₂ or two R ³ groups together form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered aliphatic ring,

R ⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ⁴ groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring,

R ⁵ is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , halo, N ₃ , CN, C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ and Selected from the group consisting of,

R ⁶ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl.

Preferred compounds used in the process are

X ¹ and X ² are -N (H)-,

Y is O or S,

W is heteroaryl comprising two or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, said ring being selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ and halo Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected, R ³ is as described above,

Z is Selected from the group consisting of,

Wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR ³ , SR ³ and N (R ³ ) ₂ ,

J is selected from the group consisting of CR ²⁰ , NR ²⁰ , O and S,

K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ , NR ²¹ , O and S,

L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² , NR ²² , O and S,

M is selected from the group consisting of CR ²³ , NR ²³ , O and S,

R ²⁰ , R ²¹ and R ²² are absent, hydro, halo, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , OR ²⁵ , CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneC (O) OR ²⁵ , N ( R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _{1- 3} alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOC _{1 -3} alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyl Ethylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C ( O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ and SR ²⁵ selected from the group consisting of

R ²³ is selected from the group consisting of absent, hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, and halo,

R ²⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _1-6 alkynyl and aryl,

R ²⁵ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ²⁶ ; And C _1-6 alkyl substituted with halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ²⁶ ) ₂ , or SO ₂ R ²⁶ ,

R ²⁶ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ²⁶ groups form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered ring.

More preferred compounds of this method are those wherein W is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , N ₃ , CN, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _{1- 3} alkylene N (R ⁴ ), And pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl and triazinyl optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, and R ³ , X ¹ , X ² , Y and Z are A compound of formula 1 as defined in formula 1.

Another preferred compound of formula (I) and W is an optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, _{^{aryl, N (R 3) 2,}} OR 3, C 1-3 alkylene-aryl, C _1-3 alkylene-heteroaryl, C _{1 -3} alkylene C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl, C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl, optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ , OCF ₃ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴⁾ ₃ +, C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl, CH (C _1-3 alkylene-N (R ⁴⁾ _{2) 2} and the flute optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo pyridazine, pyrido Is selected from the group consisting of midine, pyrazine and triazine, X ¹ and X ² are -N (H)-, Y is O or S and Z is It is selected from the group consisting of, R ³ , Q, J, K, L and M is a compound as described above.

In addition, preferred compounds for use in the process are selected from the group J is CR ²⁰ and NR ²⁰ , R ²⁰ is absent, hydro, C _1-6 alkyl and halo,

K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ and NR ²¹ ,

L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² and NR ²² ,

One of R ²¹ and R ²² is hydro, the other is CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ and SR ²⁵ and a substituent selected from the group consisting of R ²⁴ , R ²⁵ , W, X ¹ , X ² , Y and M are compounds of formula 1 as described above.

In addition, compounds useful in the process are those wherein X ¹ is absent, X ² is -N (H)-, Y is O, Z is hydro, and W is as described above.

In addition, methods of inhibiting Chk1 can be used to sensitize tumor cells to chemotherapeutic agents. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a method of sensitizing tumor cells to a chemotherapeutic agent, comprising administering to a subject a compound of Formula 1, or a salt, solvate or derivative thereof, or a composition containing them.

In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to aryl-substituted and heteroaryl-substituted urea compounds of Formula 2 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof.

Formula 2

In the above formula,

Y 'is O or S,

W 'is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , N ₃ , CN, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ and

Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of

Is selected from the group consisting of

Z ' Selected from the group consisting of,

Wherein Q 'is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR ⁷ , SR ⁷ and N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,

J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ , NR ⁸ , O and S,

K 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁹ , NR ⁹ , O and S,

L 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ , NR ¹⁰ , O and S,

M 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹¹ , NR ¹¹ , O and S,

R ⁷ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹² ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene (R ¹² ); OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ) ₂ independently, or two R ⁷ groups together form a 3- to 6-membered aliphatic ring optionally substituted,

R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ are absent, hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyl Ethylene OC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _{1 -3} alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ² , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) Heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ and SR ⁷ , and R ⁷ is as described above,

R ¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of absent, hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, and halo,

R ¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹² groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring,

R ¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl,

Provided that when Q 'is hydrogen or OCH ₃ , at least one of R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is other than hydrogen, CH ₃ , OCH ₃ and halo.

Preferred compounds of formula 2 are those wherein W 'is C _1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , CF ₃ , C (O) R ⁷ , N ₃ , CN, C _1-3 alkylenearyl , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , halo, Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of: And It is selected from the group consisting of, R ⁷ , Y and Z is a compound as described above.

More preferred compounds of formula (2) are those wherein J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ and NR ⁷ , wherein R ⁸ is absent, hydro, C _1-6 alkyl and halo, and K' is group consisting of CR ⁹ and NR ⁹ Is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ and NR ¹⁰ , one of R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is hydro, and the other is CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _{1- 3} alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene OC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 Alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneOR ² , C _1-3 Alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) heteroaryl And a substituent selected from the group consisting of SR ⁷ , wherein R ⁷ , R ¹³ , W ', Y' and M 'are compounds as described above.

Another embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of formula 3 and a composition containing the compound.

Formula 3

In the above formula,

W ′ ″ is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl or aryl group,

Wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ¹⁴ , the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ¹⁸ , and the heterocycloalkyl and cycloalkyl groups are represented by R ¹⁹ Optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents,

R ¹⁴ is halo, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ¹⁶ ) ₂ , OR ¹⁶ , CO ₂ R ¹⁶ , C (O) N (R ¹⁶ ) ₂ , C (O) R ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁵ ) COR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁵ ) C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C ( O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneOR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneNHC (O) OR ¹⁶ , N (R ¹⁶ ) C (O) C _1-3 AlkyleneSO ₂ NR ¹⁶ , C _{1- 3} alkyleneOR ¹⁶ and SR ¹⁶ ,

R ¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _1-6 alkynyl and aryl,

R ¹⁶ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹⁷ ; And C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹⁷ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹⁷ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹⁷ ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹⁷ ) ₃ +; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹⁷ ) ₂ ) ₂ , or two R ¹⁶ groups together form a 3 to 6 membered aliphatic ring,

R ¹⁷ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹⁷ groups form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered ring,

R ¹⁸ is selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ¹⁵ ) ₂ , OR ¹⁵ and halo,

R ¹⁹ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl.

As used herein, the term "alkyl" includes straight and branched hydrocarbon groups containing the indicated number of carbon atoms, typically methyl, ethyl, and straight and branched propyl and butyl groups. Unless otherwise specified, hydrocarbon groups may contain up to 20 carbon atoms. The term "alkyl" includes "crosslinked alkyl", ie C ₆ -C ₁₆ bicyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon groups, for example norbornyl, adamantyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, Bicyclo [3.2.1] octyl or deca hydronaphthyl. Alkyl groups may be substituted, for example, with hydroxy (OH), halo, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino (N (R ^a ) ₂ ) and sulfonyl (SO ₂ R ^a ), Wherein R ^a is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ^a groups together form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered ring do.

The term "cycloalkyl" is defined as a cyclic C _3-8 hydrocarbon group, for example cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl and cyclopentyl. "Heterocycloalkyl" is also defined similarly to cycloalkyl, including bicyclic and polycyclic groups, provided that the ring contains one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl groups are, for example, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-3 alkylene OH, C (═O) NH ₂ , NH ₂ , oxo (═O), aryl, trifluoroethanoyl And saturated or partially unsaturated ring systems substituted with one to three groups independently selected from OH. Heterocycloalkyl group is N- case is further substituted by a C _1-3 alkylene aryl, or C _1-3 alkylene-heteroaryl group in accordance with the.

The term "alkenyl" is defined identically to "alkyl" except that the substituent includes a carbon-carbon double bond.

The term "alkynyl" is defined identically to "alkyl" except that the substituent includes a carbon-carbon triple bond.

The term "alkylene" means an alkyl group having a substituent. For example, "C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR" means an alkyl group comprising 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with a -C (O) OR group. Alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more of aryl, heteroaryl and OR ⁷ , with R ⁷ defined below.

The term "halo" or "halogen" is defined herein to include fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine.

The term "aryl" herein, alone or in combination, is defined as a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group, preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic group, for example phenyl or naphthyl. Unless stated otherwise, an "aryl group" may be unsubstituted or, for example, one or more, in particular one to four halo, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ^a ) 2, OR ^b , CO ₂ R ^b , C (O) N (R ^b ) ₂ , C (O) R ^b , N (R ^a ) COR ^b , N (R ^a ) C (O) OR ^b , N (R ^a ) C (O) OR ^b , N (R ^a ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ^b , N (R ^b ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ^b , N (R ^b ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ^b , N (R ^b ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ^b , N (R ^b ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ^b , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ^b and SR ^b, where R ^b is hydro, C _1-6 Alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, SO ₂ R ^a , and halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ^a ) ₂ , or SO _It is selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl substituted with ₂ R ^a , R ^a is as described above. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-nitro Phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-methoxychlorophenyl and the like. The terms "arylC _1-3 alkyl" and "heteroarylC _1-3 alkyl" are defined as aryl or heteroaryl groups with C _1-3 alkyl substituents.

The term "heteroaryl" is defined herein as a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system comprising one or two aromatic rings and comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the aromatic ring, which may be unsubstituted, Or for example one or more, in particular one to four substituents, for example hydrogen, C _1-6 alkyl, C _1-6 alkoxy, aryl, N (R ^a ) ₂ , OR ^b and halo. Wherein R ^a and R ^b are as described above. Examples of heteroaryl groups include thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, oxazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyri Midinyl, thiazolyl and thiadiazolyl, but are not limited to these.

The term "hydroxy" is defined as -OH.

The term "three to six membered ring" as used herein refers to carbocyclic and heterocyclic aliphatic or aromatic groups, for example one or more groups exemplified in the "aryl" group above, in particular 1 to 3 Morpholinyl, piperidinyl, phenyl, thiophenyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridinyl optionally substituted by dog groups.

The carbon atom content of the hydrocarbon-containing portion is indicated by the subscripts in that portion referring to the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms, for example "C _1-6 alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

In the structures described herein, for bonds lacking a substituent, the substituent is methyl, for example end to be.

When a substituent is indicated as being bonded to a carbon atom on a ring, it is to be understood that the carbon atom includes an appropriate number of hydrogen atoms. In addition, when a substituent is not indicated as being bonded to a carbonyl group or a nitrogen atom, the substituent may be understood as hydrogen, for example Is And RN is R-NH ₂ .

The abbreviation “Me” is methyl and the abbreviations CO and C (O) are carbonyl (C═ (O)).

The notation N (R ^x ) ₂ , where x is alpha or a number, for example R ^a , R ^b , R ⁴ , R ^12, etc., is used to refer to two R ^x groups attached to a common nitrogen atom. do. When used in such notation, the R ^x groups can be the same or different and are selected from the groups defined by the R ^x groups.

In addition, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition containing one or more compounds of formulas (2) and (3), the use of the compounds and compositions containing these compounds in the therapeutic treatment of diseases or diseases, and the compounds of formulas (2) and (3) It relates to a process for preparing intermediates involved in the synthesis of these compounds.

Compounds useful in the methods of the invention have been shown to have activity in inhibiting Chk1 in vitro. Compounds of the invention have been demonstrated to have selectivity for Chk1 over other protein kinases including Cdc2, Chk2, Atr, DNA-PK, PKA and CaM KII.

The compounds of the present invention can be used to enhance the therapeutic effect of radiation and / or chemotherapy used in the treatment of cancer and other cell proliferative diseases of humans or animals. For example, the compounds of the present invention can be used to enhance the therapeutic effect of tumors conventionally treated with anti-metabolic agents such as methotrexate or 5-fluorouracil (5-FU). The methods of the present invention comprise administering a Chk1 inhibitor compound in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent that may affect single or double stranded DNA disruption or block DNA replication or cell proliferation. Alternatively, the methods of the present invention comprise administering a Chk1 inhibitor compound in combination with a therapy involving the use of an antibody (eg Herceptin) having activity that inhibits the proliferation of cancer cells. Thus, cancers such as colorectal cancer, head and neck cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, vulvar cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, kidney cell cancer, ovarian cancer, brain tumors, osteosarcoma and lung cancer, etc. are combined with the Chk1 inhibitor of the present invention. Sensitive to improved treatment

Tumors or neoplasms include the growth of tissue cells, where the proliferation of the cells is uncontrolled and progressive. Some of such growths are benign, while others are so-called "malignant" and can lead to death of the organism. Malignant tumors, or “cancers,” are distinguished from benign growths in that they can invade and metastasize to surrounding tissues, in addition to exhibiting aggressive cell proliferation. In addition, malignant tumors are characterized by a greater loss of differentiation (larger "redifferentiation") and organization of each other and surrounding tissues. This property is called "degeneration".

In addition, tumors that can be treated by the present invention include solid tumors, ie carcinomas and sarcomas. Carcinomas have malignant tumors derived from epithelial cells that infiltrate (ie, invade) surrounding tissue and cause metastasis. Adenocarcinoma is a carcinoma derived from adenocarcinoma, or a carcinoma derived from tissue forming a recognizable glandular structure. Another broad category of cancers is sarcoma, in which cells are tumors embedded in fibrous or homogeneous material, such as embryonic connective tissue. In addition, the present invention can treat cancers of myeloid or lymphoid system, including leukemia, lymphoma, and other cancers that are not normally present as tumors and are distributed within the vascular or lymphatic network.

Chk1 activity may include, for example, adult and pediatric oncology, solid tumor / malignant tumor growth, mucous and protocellular carcinoma, locally advanced tumors, metastatic cancer, human soft tissue sarcoma (eg Ewing's sarcoma), cancer metastasis (eg , Lymphoid metastasis), specifically squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral cancer, hematoma malignancies (eg multiple myeloma), leukemia (eg acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphoid leukemia, chronic lymph Sex leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia and blast leukemia), exudative lymphoma (celiac lymphoma), thymic lymphoma lung cancer (eg small cell tumor, T cell lymphoma of the skin, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, minor Renal cortical cancer, ACTH-forming cancer, non-small cell cancer, breast cancer, small cell tumor and catheter tumor, gastrointestinal cancer (eg polyps associated with gastric cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer and colorectal cancer), pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, urinary cancer ( Yes, primary surface bladder cancer, bladder saliva Bladder cancers such as metastatic cell carcinoma and muscle invasive bladder cancer), prostate cancer, malignant tumors of the female reproductive system (eg ovarian cancer, primary peritoneal epithelial cancer, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, uterine cancer and ovarian follicles) Solid cancer), malignant tumors of the male reproductive system (e.g., testicular and penile cancers), kidney cancers (e.g., renal cell tumors), brain tumors (e.g., endogenous brain tumors, neuroblastomas, astrocytoma brain tumors, glioma and metastatic tumors in the central nervous system Cell invasion), bone cancer (e.g., osteomas and osteosarcomas), skin cancer (e.g., malignant melanoma, tumor progression and squamous cell carcinoma of keratinocytes in human skin), thyroid cancer, retinoblastoma, neuroblastoma, peritoneal effusion, malignant pleural effusion , Mesothelioma, Wilms' tumor, gallbladder cancer, trophoblastic tumor, hemangioblastoma and Kaposi's sarcoma are associated with various forms of cancer.

In addition, the compounds of the present invention may enhance the efficacy of drugs in the treatment of inflammatory diseases. Examples of diseases that may be beneficial in combination treatment with compounds suitable for the methods of the invention are rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, vitiligo, Wegener's granulomatosis and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). Treatment of arthritis, Wegener's granulomatosis and SLE often involves the use of immunosuppressive therapies such as ionizing radiation, methotrexate and cyclophosphamide. Such treatment usually induces DNA damage either directly or indirectly. Upon inhibition of Chk1 activity in injured immune cells, the cells are more sensitively controlled by these standard treatments. Psoriasis and vitiligo are usually treated with ultraviolet (UV) along with soralene. The DNA damaging agents of the present invention induce the killing effects of UV and soralens, and improve the therapeutic index of such therapeutic regimens. Typically, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention, when used with immunosuppressants used in recent years, can more strongly control inflammatory diseased cells.

The present invention includes all possible stereoisomers and geometric isomers of the compounds of the methods of the invention having the formulas (1), (2) and (3). The present invention includes not only racemic compounds but also optically active isomers. If a compound of formula (1), (2) or (3) is required as a single enantiomer, it can be obtained by decomposing the final product or by using stereospecific synthesis procedures with isomerically pure starting materials, or by using chiral coagents {See, eg, Z. Ma et al., Tetrahedron: Asymmetry , 8 (6), pages 883-888 (1997)]. Degradation of the final product, intermediate, or starting material can be accomplished by any suitable method known in the art. In addition, where tautomers of the compounds of the formulas (1), (2) and (3) are possible, the present invention is intended to include all tautomeric forms of these compounds. As demonstrated below, specific stereoisomers may exhibit a particular ability to inhibit Chk1 in combination with chemotherapy or radiation therapy, with side effects usually associated with the treatment of chemotherapy or radiotherapy being reduced.

In addition, prodrugs of the compositions of formulas (1), (2) and (3) can be used as such compounds and in the methods of the invention. Prodrug approaches that induce a compound in a form suitable for preparation and / or administration and then release it as a drug in vivo have been successful in temporarily (eg, biologically reversibly) altering the physicochemical properties of the compound. Has been used {H. Bundgard , Design of Prodrugs , Elsevier, Amsterdam, (1985); RB Silverman, The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action , Academic Press, San Diego, chapter 8, (1992); KM Hilgren et al . Med. Res. Rev. , 15, 83 (1995).

The compounds of the present invention may contain several functional groups. The functional groups introduced are then modified as necessary to provide prodrugs suitable for the preparation and / or administration of amounts. Suitable prodrugs are, for example, acid derivatives (eg amides, esters, etc.). Those skilled in the art also know that N-oxides can be used as prodrugs.

As used herein, the term 'pharmaceutically acceptable salt' refers to compounds of formulas (1), (2) and (3) which contain acidic moieties and form salts with suitable cations. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cations include alkali metals (eg sodium and potassium) and alkaline earth metals (eg calcium or magnesium) cations. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formulas (1), (2) and (3) containing a basic center are acid addition salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Examples include hydrochloride, bromate, sulfate or bisulfate, phosphate or hydrogen phosphate, acetate, benzoate, succinate, fumarate, maleate, lactate, citrate, tartarate, gluconate, methanesulfonate, benzene sulfonate And p-toluenesulfonate. In view of the foregoing, all compounds referred to herein are intended to include compounds of Formulas 1, 2 and 3, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

The compounds of the present invention can be administered therapeutically as pure chemicals, although the compounds of formulas (1), (2) and (3) are preferably administered as pharmaceutical compositions or pharmaceutical formulations. Accordingly, the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound of Formulas 1, 2 and / or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and optionally other therapeutic and / or prophylactic components. do. The carrier is "acceptable" in terms of compatibility with the rest of the formulation and innocuous to the recipient of the formulation.

Inhibition of checkpoint kinases typically results in a sensitivity assay system ranging from concentrations at which no or minimal effects are observed to higher concentrations at which partial effects are observed and saturation concentrations at which maximum effects are observed. It is measured using a dose-response assay in contact with the compound. Theoretically, such an analysis of the dose-response effect of an inhibitor compound can be expressed as an S-shaped curve representing the degree of inhibition as a function of concentration. In addition, the curve passes through a point where the concentration is theoretically sufficient to reduce the activity of the checkpoint enzyme to a level of 50% of the difference between the minimum and maximum enzyme activity in the assay. This concentration is defined as the inhibitory concentration (50%) or the IC ₅₀ value. IC ₅₀ values are measured using conventional biochemical (acellular) assays or cell line assay techniques.

The efficacy of the inhibitors is compared with reference to the relative IC ₅₀ values, where higher IC ₅₀ values mean that the test compound is less potent than the comparative compound, and lower IC ₅₀ values mean that the test compound is higher than the comparative compound. It means powerful. Compounds useful in the methods of the invention have been shown to have an IC ₅₀ value of at least 0.1 nM, as measured using a dose-response assay. Preferred compounds have been shown to have IC ₅₀ values of less than 10 nM. More preferred compounds have been shown to have IC ₅₀ values of less than 500 nM, and even more preferred compounds have proven IC ₅₀ values of less than 250 nM, less than 100 nM, or less than 50 nM.

Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invention are those wherein the active ingredient is administered in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. More specifically, "therapeutically effective amount" means an amount effective to inhibit the onset of a subject to be treated or to alleviate existing signs of that subject. The effective amount may be determined within the capabilities of those skilled in the art, in particular in light of the detailed description set forth herein.

By "therapeutically effective amount" is meant the amount of the compound which achieves the desired effect. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined, for example, by cell culture or experimental animals to determine LD ₅₀ (a dose that kills 50% of the population) and ED ₅₀ (a dose that produces a therapeutic effect on 50% of the population). It can be determined by standard pharmaceutical methods of the subject. The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is expressed as the therapeutic index, which is expressed as the ratio of LD ₅₀ to ED ₅₀ . Compounds with a high therapeutic index (ie, toxic doses substantially higher than the effective dose) are preferred. The data obtained can be used to prescribe a range of dosage for use in humans. Doses of such compounds are preferably present within a range of circulating concentrations that include ED ₅₀ with little or no toxicity. The dose may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration.

The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage will be determined by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. Dosage and dosing intervals may be individually adjusted to provide the active compound at a plasma level sufficient to maintain the desired therapeutic effect.

The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may comprise one or more cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, or one or more other hematopoietic factors that may result from the administration of the pharmaceutical composition or may reduce negative side effects that may be associated with such administration. It can be mix | blended so that it may be. Cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, or other hematopoietic factors particularly useful in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include M-CSF, GM-CSF, TNF, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL- 17, IL-18, IFN, TNF, G-CSF, Meg-CSF, GM-CSF, Platelet Formation, Stem Cell Factor, Erythropoietin, Angiogenesis (e.g. Ang-1, Ang-2, Ang- 4, Ang-Y and / or human angiogenic polypeptide), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), angiogenin, bone structure forming protein-1 (BMP-1), BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP- 4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7, BMP-8, BMP-9, BMP-10, BMP-11, BMP-12, BMP-13, BMP-14, BMP-15, BMP Receptor IA, BMP receptor IB, cerebral induced neurotrophic factor, ciliated neuronal factor, ciliary neuronal factor receptor cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotactic factor 1, ciliary neuronal factor receptor cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotactic factor 2, cytokine-induced Neutrophil Chemotaxis Ruler 3, endothelial growth factor, endothelin 1, epidermal growth factor, endothelial induced neutrophil attractant, fibroblast growth factor (FGF), 4, FGF5, FGF6, FGF7, FGF8, FGF8b, FGF8c, FGF9, FGF10, FGF Acidic, FGF basic, glial cell line induced neuronal factor receptor 1, glial cell line induced neuronal factor receptor 2, growth-related protein 1, growth-related protein 2, growth-related protein 3, heparin binding epidermal growth factor, hepatocyte growth factor, Hepatocyte growth factor receptor, insulin type growth factor I, insulin type growth factor receptor, insulin type growth factor II, insulin type growth factor binding protein, keratinocyte growth factor, leukemia inhibitory factor, leukemia inhibitory factor receptor, nerve growth factor, nerve Growth factor receptor, Neutropin-3, Neutropin-4, Placental Growth Factor, Placental Growth Factor 2, Platelet-Induced Endothelial Growth Factor, Platelet-Induced Growth Factor, Platelet-Induced Sex Factor A chain, platelet-induced growth factor AA, platelet-induced growth factor AB, platelet-induced growth factor B chain, platelet-induced growth factor BB, platelet-induced growth factor receptor, platelet-induced growth Factor receptor, pre-B cell growth promoter, stem cell factor, stem cell factor receptor, transforming growth factor (TGF), TGF, TGF-1, TGF 1.2, TGF 2, TGF 3, TGF 5, latent TGF1, TGF , Binding protein I, TGF binding protein II, TGF binding protein III, tumor necrosis factor receptor type I, tumor necrosis factor receptor type II, urokinase type plasminogen activator receptor, vascular endothelial growth factor and chimeric protein, and There are biological or immunologically active fragments thereof.

Useful compounds according to the invention may bind to auxiliaries that enhance any property of the compound that may be efficient for therapeutic use. Such conjugates can enhance delivery of the compound to the corresponding specific anatomical site or region (eg, tumor), maintain therapeutic concentration of the compound in target cells, and modify the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of the compound. And / or improve the therapeutic index or safety aspects of the compound. Suitable auxiliaries include, for example, antibodies such as amino acids, aligopeptides, or polypeptides such as monoclonal antibodies and other engineered antibodies; And natural or synthetic ligands for receptors in target cells or tissues. Other suitable auxiliaries include fatty acid or lipid moieties that promote the biological distribution or uptake of the compound by target cells (see, eg, Bradley et al. Clin. Cancer Res . (2001) 7: 3229].

The therapeutic index of a composition comprising one or more compounds of the invention can be improved by combining the compound (s) with the anticancer antibodies described above (see, eg, Peters and McKinsey, Immunol. Rev. (1992) 129: 57; Trail et al., Science (1993) 261: 212; Rawlinson-Rich and Epenetos Curr. Opin. Oncol. 1992; 4: 1142]. Tumor-oriented delivery of a compound of the present invention improves treatment efficiency by minimizing the potential nonspecific toxicity that may be caused by radiation therapy or chemotherapy. In another embodiment, the Chk1 inhibitor and the radioisotope or chemical therapeutic agent can bind to the same antibody molecule. Alternatively, Chk1 inhibitor-bound tumor specific antibodies can be administered before, during, or after administration of chemotherapeutic-bound anticancer antibodies or radioimmunotherapy.

The compounds of the present invention can improve the treatment efficiency of radiation and chemotherapy, such as induction chemotherapy, primary (new adjuvant) chemotherapy and adjuvant radiotherapy and adjuvant chemotherapy. In addition, radiation and chemotherapy are often indicated as an aid to surgery in the treatment of cancer. The purpose of radiation and chemotherapy in an adjuvant setting is to reduce the risk of relapse and improve the viability of non-disease when controlling the primary tumor. Chemotherapy is frequently used as an adjunct to the treatment of these diseases when colon cancer, lung cancer and breast cancer have metastasized. Adjuvant radiotherapy is indicated for several diseases, including colon cancer, lung cancer and breast cancer, as described above. For example, radiation is often used both before and after surgery as a means of treatment for rectal cancer. Accordingly, the compounds of the present invention are the next useful therapeutic means after surgery in the treatment of cancer in combination with radiation and / or chemotherapy.

In addition, the compounds of the present invention can sensitize cells to radiation. As used herein, the term "radiation sensitization" means a person or other in a therapeutically effective amount to enhance the sensitivity of the cells to be sensitized to electromagnetic radiation and / or to promote the treatment of a disease treatable with electromagnetic radiation. A molecule to be administered to an animal, preferably a low molecular weight molecule. Diseases treatable with electromagnetic radiation include neoplastic diseases, benign and malignant tumors, and cancer cells.

Electromagnetic radiation therapy of other diseases not listed herein is also included in the present invention. The terms "electromagnetic radiation" and "radiation" as used herein include, but are not limited to, radiation having a wavelength of ^10-20 to 100 meters. Preferred embodiments of the present invention are gamma radiation (10 ^-20 to 10 ^-13 m), X-ray radiation (10 ^-12 to 10 ^-9 m), ultraviolet (10 nm to 400 nm), visible light (400 nm to 700) nm), infrared radiation (700 nm to 1.0 mm) and microwave radiation (1 mm to 30 cm).

Many cancer treatment protocols currently use radiation sensitizers activated by electromagnetic radiation (eg, X-rays). Examples of X-ray activated radiation sensitizers include metronidazole, misnidazole, desmethylmisonidazole, pimonidazole, ethanidazole, nimorazol, mitomycin C, RSU 1069, SR 4233, EO9, RB 6145, nicotinamide , 5-bromodeoxyuridine (BUdR), 5-iododeoxyuridine (IUdR), bromodeoxycytidine, fluorodeoxyuridine (FUdR), hydroxyurea, cisplatin, and therapeutics thereof Effective analogs and derivatives are, but are not limited to these.

In pharmacodynamic treatment of cancer (PDT), visible light is used as a radiation activator of sensitizers. Examples of pharmacodynamic radiation sensitizers include hematopophyrin derivatives, PHOTOFRIN®, benzopophyrin derivatives, NPe6, tin thiopophyrin (SnET2), phevobide-a, bacteriochlorophyll-a, naphthalocyanine, phthalocyanine, zinc Phthalocyanines and therapeutically effective analogs, and derivatives thereof.

Radiation sensitizers may be administered with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds in addition to a Chk1 inhibitor, examples of which include compounds that promote the incorporation of a radiosensitizer into target cells, therapeutic agents, nutrients and / or oxygen target cells. Compounds that control flow to the furnace, chemotherapeutic agents acting on the tumor with or without additional radiation, or other therapeutically effective compounds for treating cancer or other diseases, are not limited thereto. Examples of additional therapeutic agents that can be used with radiation sensitizers include 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), leukoboril, oxygen, carbogen, erythropoiesis, perfluorocarbons (e.g., FLUOSOLW®) DA), 2,3-DPG, BW12C, calcium channel blockers, pentoxifylline, antiangiogenic compounds, hydralazine and L-BSO.

Chemotherapeutic agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents, anti-metabolic agents, hormones and their antagonists, radioisotopes, antibodies, natural products, and combinations thereof. For example, the inhibitor compounds of the present invention include antibiotics such as doxorubicin and other anthracycline analogs, nitrogen mustards such as cyclophosphamide, pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin, hydroxyurea, taxol and their It can be administered together with natural and synthetic derivatives and the like. As another example, in mixed tumors such as breast adenocarcinoma, if the tumor comprises gonadotropin-dependent cells and gonadotropin-independent cells, the compound may be leuprolide or goserelin (synthetic peptide analog of LH-RH). May be administered together. Another anti-neoplastic protocol is another therapeutic means, also referred to herein as "adjuvant anti-neoplastic means", such as the use of inhibitor compounds in combination with surgery or radiation. Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the methods of the invention are set forth in Table 1 below.

Alkylating agents nitrogen mustard methoxy chlor vitamin cyclophosphamide epoch spa mid melphalan chlorambucil nitrosourea carboxylic sustaining Murray (BCNU) macromer sustaining (CCNU) semeo sustaining (methyl -CCNU) ethyleneimine / methyl triethylene melamine in the melamine (TEM Triethylenethiophosphoramide (thiotepa) hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine) alkyl sulfonate versulfan triazine dacarbazine (DTIC) anti metabolites folic acid analog methotrexate trimethrate pyrimidine analog 5-fluoro L-uracil fluorodeoxyuridine gemcitabine cytosine arabinoside (AraC, cytarabine) 5-azacytidine2,2'-difluorodeoxycytidinepurine analog 6-mercaptopurine6-thioguanineaza Thioprine 2'-deoxycoformycin (pentatostatin) erythrohydroxynonyl adenine (EHNA) fludarabine phosphate 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine, 2-CdA) type I phase isomerase inhibitor Campotethecintopotecanirinotecan Natural product, wherein the mitotic drug paclitaxel, vinca alkaloids vinblastine vincristine vinorelbine takso terephthalate (R) (docetaxel) estradiol Murray sustaining estradiol Murray sustaining phosphate epi podophyllotoxin etoposide'll Forsythe antibiotic solution Timothy erythromycin D daunomycin (ruby Domycin) Doxorubicin (Adriamycin) Mitoxantronidarubicin Bleomycin Splitomycin (Mitramycin) Mitomycin C-Dactinomycin Enzyme L-Asparaginase Biological Response Modifier Interferon-alpha IL-2G-CSFGM- CSF minute radiation sensitizing agent retinol acid derivative is the metronidazole smile sol desmethyl smile the sol coat it will get in the sol sol Nemo rajol RSU1069EO9RB 6145SR4233 nicotinamide 5-bromo-5-iodo uridine Modesto come dodecyl oxy uridine bromo Modesto oxy cytidine Mixed Formulation Platinum Coordination Complex Cisplatin Carboplatin Anthracenedione mitoxanthrone substituted urea hydroxyurea methylhydrazine derivative N-methylhydrazine (MIH) procarbazine adrenal cortex inhibitor mitotaine ( o, p ' -DDD) inoglutetimide cytokine interferon (α, β , γ) and interleukin-2 hormone antagonist corticosteroids / antagonist prednisone and equivalents, dexamethasone child no glue teti mid progestin-hydroxy-progesterone caproate meth medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate, ethynyl estrogen diethyl steel roll Best estradiol / equivalents wherein estrogen tamoxifen, androgens, testosterone propionate flu oxy scalpel Theron / equivalents antiandrogens flutamide gonadotropin-releasing hormone similar retention Take the lead non-steroidal anti-androgen flutamide photosensitizer hematoxylin porphyrin derivative photo printer (registered trademark) benzo foreskin Porphyrin derivatives, thio (SnET2) page ovo fluoride -a -a bacteriophage chlorophyll and phthalocyanine phthalocyanine, zinc phthalocyanine Npe6 tin `

Examples of particularly useful chemotherapeutic agents with radiosensitizers include, for example, adriamycin, camptothecin, carboplatin, cisplatin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, interferon (alpha, beta, gamma), interleukin 2, irinotecan, docetaxel, Paclitaxel, topotecan, and therapeutically effective analogs and derivatives thereof.

As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, reference herein to treatment encompasses prophylaxis as well as treatment of chronic diseases or indications. In addition, the amount of a compound of the present invention required for use in therapy is altered depending on the nature of the symptoms of the treatment and the age and condition of the patient, ultimately determined by the attending physician or veterinarian. Typically, however, the dose used for adult treatment is usually from 0.001 mg / kg to about 100 mg / kg per day. The required dose can be easily administered in a single dose or in multiple doses (eg, divided doses of 1 day, 2, 3, 4 or more) at appropriate intervals. In practice, the physician determines the actual dose best suited for the individual patient, which dose depends on the specific patient's age, weight and response. Such doses are typical on average, but there may also be respective cases where higher or lower doses are advantageous, and such cases are within the scope of the present invention.

The formulations of the invention may be used in standard manner for the treatment of the indicated disorders, for example oral, parenteral, transmucosal (eg sublingual or buccal administration), topical, transdermal, rectal, inhalation (eg nasal or cardiopulmonary inhalation). May be administered in such a manner. Parenteral administration methods include, but are not limited to, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intrameningal and intraarticular administration. Parenteral administration can also be accomplished using high pressure techniques (eg, POWDERJECT ™).

Upon oral administration, including buccal administration, the compositions may be in the form of tablets or rosin's formulated in conventional manner. For example, tablets and capsules for oral administration may be prepared by conventional excipients such as binders (e.g. syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, starch mucus, or polyvinylpyrrolidone), fillers (e.g. lactose). , Sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, corn starch, calcium phosphate, or sorbitol), lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, stearic acid, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica), disintegrants (e.g. potato starch or sodium starch glycolate), Or wetting agents (eg, sodium lauryl sulfate). Tablets may be coated according to methods known in the art.

Alternatively, the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated into oral liquid formulations, such as, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups, or elixirs. In addition, formulations containing these compounds may be present as dry products for combination with water or other suitable excipients before use. Such liquid preparations are conventional additives such as suspending agents (eg sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose / sugar syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, aluminum stearate gels and hydrogenation). Edible fats), emulsifiers (eg lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia), non-aqueous excipients (which may include cooking oil) (eg almond oil, fractionated coconut oil, oily esters, propylene glycol and ethyl) Alcohol) and preservatives (eg, methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and sorbic acid).

Such formulations may also be formulated in the form of suppositories containing, for example, conventional suppository bases (eg, cocoa butter or other glycerides). Inhalation compositions can usually be presented in the form of solutions, suspensions, or emulsions that can be administered in the form of dry powder, or in the form of aerosols using conventional propellants (eg, dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane). have. Conventional topical and transdermal formulations such as eye drops, creams, ointments, lotions and pastes include conventional aqueous or non-aqueous excipients or have the form of a medical plaster, patch or membrane.

In addition, the compositions of the present invention may be formulated in parenteral dosage forms by injection or continuous infusion. Injectable formulations may be in the form of suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous excipients, and may include combinations such as suspending agents, stabilizers and / or dispersants. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be present in powder form for combination with a suitable excipient (eg, pyrogen-free sterile water) prior to use.

In addition, the compositions according to the invention may be formulated in a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (eg, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Accordingly, the compounds of the present invention may be combined with suitable polymeric materials or hydrophobic materials (eg emulsions in acceptable oils), ion exchange resins, or poorly soluble derivatives (eg poorly soluble salts).

For veterinary use, the compound of formula 1, 2 or 3 or a nontoxic salt thereof may be administered in a suitably acceptable formulation according to general veterinary practice. Veterinarians can easily determine the dosage regimen and route of administration best suited for each animal.

Accordingly, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of formula 1, 2 or 3 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Also provided is a method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of Formula 1, 2 or 3, comprising mixing a compound of Formula 1, 2 or 3 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.

Specific examples of the compounds of the formulas (1), (2) and (3) are shown below, but not limited thereto, and the synthesis of the compounds was carried out according to the methods given below.

For ease of understanding, compounds with each structure are indicated by the corresponding compound numbers set forth in the table below which summarizes some compounds useful in the method. For example, the structure represented by compound 1 is a compound of formula 4, wherein R ²⁷ is hydrogen and R ²⁸ is —C (O) NH (CH ₂ ) ₂ (2-N-methylpyrrolidinyl).

Suitable compounds for the method include, but are not limited to the following.

[Formula 4]

Heterocyclic substituents:

[Formula 5]

Thiourea Compounds:

[Formula 6]

Mixed Species:

Some preferred compounds are compound numbers 2, 4, 6, 12, 72, 76, 83, 84, 88, 89 and 90.

Typically, the compounds of Formulas 1, 2 and 3, including the compounds of Formulas 4, 5, 6 and 7, can be prepared according to the following synthetic schemes. In the following schemes, it is to be understood that protecting groups can be used in accordance with conventional theories of synthetic formulas if necessary. These protecting groups are removed at the final stage of the synthesis process under basic, acidic or hydrolytic conditions readily known to those skilled in the art. Synthesis of compounds of Formulas (1), (2) and (3), not specifically specified herein, may be accomplished in a manner similar to the schemes set forth below by appropriately manipulating and protecting any formula.

Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification. All reactions and chromatography fractions were analyzed by thin layer chromatography on 250 mm silica gel plates visualized with UV (ultraviolet) and I ₂ (iodine) colorants. Flash column chromatography was performed using Biotage 40M silica gel (230-400 mesh). The product and intermediates were purified by flash chromatography or reverse phase HPLC.

As shown below, the compounds of Formulas 1 and 2 may be prepared by the following general synthetic scheme.

Typically, the aryl amine represented by the formula Ar-NH ₂ is reacted with about 0.75-1.25 molar equivalents of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate. This reaction is preferably carried out under an inert atmosphere, for example nitrogen (N ₂ ), and is usually kept at low temperature (about 0 ° C.). The resulting product is preferably treated with about 0.75-1.25 molar equivalents of the heteroaryl amine represented by the formula HetAr-NH ₂ at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) under an inert atmosphere to give the crude aryl pyrazine-disubstituted urea compound. .

More detailed descriptions for the preparation of compounds of formulas (1) and (2) are given, for example, in Scheme 2 below.

Step (1): TMS diazomethane esterification

To a cooled (about 0 ° C.) stirred solution of 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoic acid (5.0 g, 30 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (150 mL) over 1 hour trimethylsilyl diazomethane (2.0 M solution in hexane 60 mL, 120 mmol) was added slowly. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution and brine, then dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. To give the desired ester as an off-white solid (yield 94%).

Step (2): p-nitrophenyl carbamate step

To a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of methyl-3-amino-4-methoxy benzoate (5.0 g, 27.6 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (175 mL), pyridine (2.34 mL, 29 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. And 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (5.8 g, 29 mmol) were added sequentially. After stirring for 8 hours, the reaction was washed with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (2 X 200 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and hexanes (about 800 mL) until a precipitate formed. The solids were collected on a Buchner funnel with suction and air dried to afford the desired carbamate in the form of a white solid (70% yield).

Step (3): Carbamate Bonding Step

To a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-3- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) benzoic acid methyl ester (30 g; 8.7 mmol) in anhydrous N-methyl pyrrolidine (50 mL) under N ₂ atmosphere at room temperature Amino pyrazine (0.84 g, 8.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then heated to 80 ° C. for 6 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (200 mL) to give the desired urea as a white solid (yield 54%).

Step (4): Lithium Hydroxide Hydrolysis Step

To a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) in methanol (35 mL) at room temperature in aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (2N solution 5 mL, 10 mmol) was added. The reaction was then heated to 67 ° C. for 15 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was then diluted with water (100 mL) and then washed with ethyl acetate (2 X 100 mL). The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 5.2 with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and the resulting precipitate was collected on a Büchner funnel with suction and air dried to afford the desired acid as a white solid.

Step (5): HBTU Joining Step

To a stirred solution of acid (30 mg, 0.11 mmol) in anhydrous N-methyl pyrrolidinone (2 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere was O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N ', N'-tetra Methyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU; 45 mg, 0.12 mmol), 4- (2-aminoethyl) -morpholine (15.7 L, 0.12 mmol) and diisopropyl ethyl amine (34 L, 0.2 mmol) were added It was. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 hours and then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. After vigorous stirring at room temperature for 15 minutes, the desired amide was obtained as a white solid by collecting the precipitate on a Buchner funnel with suction and air drying (yield 59%).

The following compounds were prepared using the conventional methods described in addition to Scheme 2, but the R groups described in Scheme 2 were substituted with the following R groups.

Scheme 3

Isocyanate Steps:

To a stirred solution of 2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenylisocyanate (43 mL, 0.3 mmol) in anhydrous dichloroethane (0.4 mL) in a reaction vessel under a nitrogen atmosphere was added 2-aminoquinoxaline (43.5 mg, 0.3 mmol). Added. The vessel was capped and heated to 80 ° C. overnight (14 h). The reaction mixture was then filtered and the residue was washed with dichloromethane to afford the desired urea as a white solid (yield 91%).

The following compounds were prepared using the method described in addition to Scheme 3, but the Ar group of Scheme 3 was replaced with an Ar group in the following table.

Example 1

Preparation of Compound 115

1- [2- (1,1-difluoromethoxy) phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

2- (difluoromethoxy) phenylisocyanate (1.0 g, 5.4 mmol) and aminopyrazine (0.51 g, 5.4 mmol) were reacted in refluxed dimethoxyethane (20 mL) for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature to precipitate the product which was collected by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate and then dried under vacuum (765 mg, 50%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.49 (br s, 1H), 10.26 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.35-8.24 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.00 ( m, 4H).

Example 2

Preparation of Compound 165

1- (2-methylsulfanylphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl urea

2- (methylthiophenyl) -isocyanate (1.0 g, 6.1 mmol) and aminopyrazine (0.58 g. 6.1 mmol) were reacted in refluxed dimethoxyethane (40 mL) for 16 h. The product was precipitated from the cooled reaction mixture, collected via filtration, washed with dimethoxyethane and dried under vacuum (715 mg, 45%). ₁ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.35 (br s, 1H), 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8. 33 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H ), 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.29, (t, 1H), 7.10 (t, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H). ¹³ C NMR (75 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 151.8, 149.2, 140.5, 137.5, 137.3, 135.2, 130.1, 127.1, 126.9, 123.7, 121.4, 16.5.

Example 3

Preparation of Compound 159

1- (2-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

A mixture of 2-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl isocyanate (5.0 g, 25 mmol) and aminopyrazine (2.5 g, 26 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF, 250 mL) was stirred at reflux for 24 h. The product was precipitated from the cooled reaction mixture, collected by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate and dried under vacuum (4.3 g, 57%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) (mixture of rotamers) δ: 10.38 (br, s, 1H), 10.27 (s, 1H), 9.39,8.88 (2 singlet, 1H), 9.10 (d , 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, 1H), 7.98-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.97-7.84 (m, 1H), 4.05, 4.03 (2 singlet, 77:28 ratio, 3H ).

Example 4

Preparation of Compound 14

1- (5-Amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

A solution of (2-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 159, Example 3) (16.9 g, 55 mmol) in dimethylformamide (DMF, 320 mL) was carbon Stir for 12 h at 80 ° C. under H _{2 in} the presence of palladium (Pd / C) catalyst (1.6 g, 10% Pd) on the phase. A second portion of catalyst was added (1.6 g) and stirring continued for 8 hours at the same temperature. The solution was then filtered through a pad of celite using an additional 200 mL of DMF. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was digested with methanol (100 mL). The solids were collected, stirred in boiling methanol, and then the solids (1.8 g) present were filtered off and discarded. The filtrate was stirred overnight at 4 ° C. Solids (1.4 g) were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a tan solid (2.6 g). The crude solid product was digested with THF (200 mL), collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a tan solid (1.85 g, 13%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ DMSO) δ: 10.10 (s, 1H), 9.94 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 6.21 (d, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H). ¹³ C NMR (75 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 151.4, 149.4, 142.6, 140.9, 139.8, 137.2, 135.2, 128.7, 112.8, 107.7, 106.0, 56.8.

Example 5

Preparation of Compound 48

N- [4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -succinic acid

1- (5-amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 14, Example 4) (260 mg, 1 mmol) and succinic anhydride (131) in anhydrous pyridine (10 mL) mg, 1.3 mmol) of the urine was stirred at RT for 16 h. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, triturated with chloroform and dried in vacuo to yield an off-white product (175 mg, 50%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.15 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H), 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.54 (br s, 4H).

Example 6

Preparation of Compound 36

(S) -1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethanoyl) pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl ]-amides

A solution of 1- (5-amino-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 14, Example 4) (105 mg, 0.4 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (2 mL) at 0 ° C. Treated with a solution of trifluoroacetyl- (S) -prolyl chloride (0.1 M in dichloromethane, 4.5 mL, 0.45 mmol), then stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 1 N HCl (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 × 50 mL). The organic layers were combined and the synthesized organic layer was washed with 1N HCl (2 X 20 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to give a beige solid (60 mg). Recrystallization with acetonitrile gave the final solid product (30 mg, 17%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: (10.16-10.06, m, 3H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.36-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H ), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J = 8.5,4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.73 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.27-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.90 (m, 3H). LRMS (ESI, positive) m / e 453.1 (M + 1).

Example 7

Preparation of Compound 16

(S) -Pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -phenyl] -amide

(S) -1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethanoyl) -pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [4- in a mixture of methanol (MeOH, 5 mL) and water (approximately 0.25 mL). A suspension of methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -amide (Compound 36, Example 6) (22 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with KOH (100 mg, large amount). . Within 10 minutes, all components were in solution. The reaction mixture was treated with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give a tan solid (13 mg, 75%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.13 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H), 9.85 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.28 (m, 2H) , 8.25 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.6 Hz), 6.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H, 3.69 (dd, J = 8.7 , 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.101.97 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.60 (m, 3H) .LRMS (ESI, positive) m / e 357.1 (M + 1).

Example 8

Preparation of Compound 42

N- [4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -methanesulfonamide

A solution of 1- (5-amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 14, Example 4) (260 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (15 mL) was methanol Treated with polyvinyl chloride (0.08 mL, 1 mmol) and stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and the solid residue was triturated with ethanol, collected through filtration and dried in vacuo (205 mg, 61%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.16 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 9.40 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 2. 2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s , 3H), 2.91 (s, 3H).

Example 9

Preparation of Compound 65

1- (2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

A mixture of 2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl isocyanate (15.0 g, 77 mmol) and aminopyrazine (7.35 g, 77 mmol) in THF (600 mL) was stirred at reflux for 24 h. The product was precipitated from the cooled reaction mixture, collected through filtration, washed with ethyl acetate, triturated with hot ethanol and dried under vacuum (16.3 g, 73%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ DMSO) δ: 10.50 (br s, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 8. 94 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H) , 8.32 (d, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7. 84 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H).

Example 10

Preparation of Compound 32

1- (4-amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

A solution of (2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 65, Example 9) (7.9 g, 27 mmol) in DMF (300 mL) was Pd / C at 110 ° C. Stir for 4 hours under H _{2 in} the presence of catalyst (1.6 g, 10% Pd). The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite using an additional 200 mL of DMF. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was recrystallized from ethanol (hot filtration step) to give a light gray product (2.9 g, 41%). ¹ HNMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 9.83 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8. 5 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3 H). ¹³ C NMR (75Mhz, d ₅ -DMSO) δ: 151.6, 150.0, 149.6, 145.2, 140.9, 136.9, 135.1, 121.6, 116.8, 105.5, 98.0, 55.4.

Example 11

Preparation of Compound 3

C -dimethylamino- N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -acetamide

Isobutyl chloroformate (0.16 mL, 1.2 mmol) in a solution of N, N-dimethylglycine (124 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (0.33 mL, 2.4 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL) at 0 ° C. Treated dropwise and stirred for 15 minutes. This mixture was poured into 1- (4-amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 32, Example 10) in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO, 1 mL) (100 mg, 0.4 mmol). Treated dropwise with a solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 3 h, quenched with water (20 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was synthesized and washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL), then HPLC (YMC 20 x 50 mm C18 CombiPrep column, 20 mL / min, 2-50% CH ₃ CN / water in 6 min, 0.05% trifluoro in all solvents Purified with acetic acid (TFA), 0.35 mL injection, detector at 254 nm, detector path wavelength 0.2 mm). Fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a trifluoroacetate (TFA) salt (24 mg, 17%).

Example 12

Preparation of Compound 8

3-Chloro- N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -propionamide

A solution of 1- (4-amino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea (Compound 32, Example 10) (259 mg, 1 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL) at 0 ° C. Treated with acetyl chloride (0.29 mL, 3 mmol). The suspension was warmed at 80 ° C. until most of the solids dissolved and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature before the product precipitated with ether (10 mL). This crude product was used without purification for further reactions, but some (30 mg) were purified by HPLC (Luna 10 × 250 mm C18 column, 4.7 mL / min, 2-80% CH ₃ CN / water in 15 min, all The solvent was purified with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), 0.25 mL injection, detector at 254 nm, detector path wavelength 0.3 mm). Fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to yield the product (24 mg, 17%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.00 (s, 2H), 9.94 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J = 2.5,1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.90 -3.80 (m, 5H), 2.80 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H). LRMS (ESI, positive) m / e 350,352 (M + 1).

Example 13

Preparation of Compound 4

(Cyclohexyl-methyl-amino) -N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -propionamide

3-Chloro-N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -propionamide (Compound 8, Example 12) and N-cyclohexyl-methylamine (0.5 mL , Large excess) was warmed at 80 ° C. for 1 h and then cooled to room temperature. The crude product was precipitated from ether (10 mL), collected by filtration and dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL). Aliquots (approximately 0.25 mL) were analyzed by HPLC (Luna 10 x 250 mm C18 column, 4.7 mL / min, 2-80% CH ₃ CN / water in 15 min, all solvents contained 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) , 0.25 mL injection, detector at 254 nm, detector path wavelength 0.3 mm). Fractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a TFA salt (4.7 mg, 11%). ¹ H NMR (300 Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.18 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.04 (br s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J = 2.6,1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.7; 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.03-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.461.10 (m, 5H). LRMS (ESU, positive) m / e 427.2 (M + 1).

Example 14

Preparation of Compound 2

3-cyclopentylamino-N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -propionamide

3-Chloro-N- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) phenyl] -propionamide (Compound 8, Example 12) and cyclopentylamine (0.5 mL, large excess) The mixture of was warmed at 80 ° C. for 1 hour and then cooled to room temperature. The product was precipitated from ether (10 mL), collected by filtration, washed with ether and then dried in vacuo (24 mg, 60%). ¹ H NMR (300Mhz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.14 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = l.lHz, 1H), 8.31 (dd, J = 2.6, 1.5 Hz. 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 2. 7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 2. 1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.7,2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.05 (quintet, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (t, J = 6. 6 Hz, 2H) , 2.44 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.53-142 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.27 (m, 2H). LRMS (ESI, positive) m / e 399.1 (M + 1).

Compound 166

3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid

Step 1: Methyl-3-amino-4-methoxy benzoate. To a stirred solution of 4-amino-4-methoxybenzoic acid (5.0 g, 30 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (150 mL) was slowly added trimethylsilyldiazomethane (60 mL of 2 M solution in hexane, 120 mmol) over 1 hour. Added. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to the desired ester. Was obtained as an off-white solid (94% yield).

Step 2: 4-methoxy-3- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution in anhydrous dichloromethane (90 mL) was added sequentially pyridine (2.34 mL, 29 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (5.8 g, 29 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane to 200 mL, washed with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (2 x 200 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), Dry (MgSO ₄ ) and filter. The filtered solution was concentrated to give a white solid corresponding to the desired carbamate (98% yield).

Step 3: 3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid methyl ester. Aminopyrazine (2.92 g, 30.7) in a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-3- (4-nitro = -phenoxycarbonylamino) benzoic acid methyl ester in anhydrous N-methyl pyrrolidinone (31 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 85 ° C. After 6 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and triturated with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The precipitate formed was filtered off, rinsed with ethyl acetate and dried to give urea as a tan solid (yield 66%).

Step 4: 3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -benzoic acid. To a stirred suspension of 3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid methyl ester (6.07 g, 20 mmol) in 200 mL of 3: 1 MeOH: H ₂ O at room temperature under nitrogen. Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (8.4 g, 200 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 65 ° C. overnight. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and most of the methanol was removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining suspension was neutralized to about pH 4 with concentrated HCl. The precipitate formed was separated by filtration, rinsed with H ₂ O and dried under high vacuum to give the desired acid as a white solid (5.34 g, 93%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.89 (br s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H)

Compound 167

N-butyl-3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

To a stirred suspension of compound 1xx (32 mg, 0.11 mmol) in 1 mL of NMP at room temperature in a sealed reaction vessel is added HBTU (0.4 M in NMP, 300 μL, 0.12 mmol) and the suspension is stirred for 15 minutes. It was. Then N-butylamine (0.4 M in NMP, 300 μL, 0.12 mmol), DIEA (38 μL, 0.22 mmol) were added sequentially. The reaction was then stirred at rt overnight, then diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (20 mL) and then stirred rapidly for 5 minutes. The precipitate formed was separated by filtration and then rinsed with H ₂ O and EtOAc. After air drying, the amide was isolated as an off-white solid (12.2 mg, 32%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (br s, 1H), 8. 37 (br s, 2H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s. 3H), 3.23 (q, 2H), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 344.1 (M + 1)

Compound 168

N-benzyl-3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using benzylamine (yield 39%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.96 (t, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.44 (m, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7. 35 (m, 4H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 4.46 (d, 2H), 3.97, (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 378.1 (M + 1)

Compound 169

3-methoxy-N-phenethyl-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using phenethyl amine (yield 49%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (br s, 1H), 8.51 (t, 1H), 8.36 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H) , 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.20 (m, 5H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, 2H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 392.1 (M + l)

Compound 170

3-methoxy-N- (3-phenyl-propyl) -4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using phenylpropyl amine (yield 71%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.92 (br s, 1H), 8.40 (t, 1H), 8.36 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H ), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.18 (m, 5H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 406.1 (M + 1)

Compound 171

N- (2-benzenesulfonyl-ethyl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 2-benzenesulfonyl-ethylamine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (br m, 1H), 8.35 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H ), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 456.0 (M + 1)

Compound 172

N- (4-iodo-benzyl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 4-iodo benzyl amine (yield 66%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.97 (t, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 4.41 (d, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 504.0 (M + 1)

Compound 173

3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -N- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 2-pyridin-2-yl-ethylamine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.51 (br m, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 7.71 (t, 1H ), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.00 (dd, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 393.3 (M + 1)

Compound 174

3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -N- (2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 2-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine (yield 45%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.93 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, 2H), 8.51 (t, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 2H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 393.1 (M + 1)

Compound 175

N- (1H-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using C- (1H-benzoimidazol-2-yl) methylamine (yield 53%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.90 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.61 (m, 3H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 418.2 (M + 1)

Compound 176

N- [2- (1H-indol-3-yl) -ethyl] -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Tryptamine was prepared according to the method of compound 167 (yield 74%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.55 (br t, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 431.2 (M + 1)

Compound 177

3-methoxy-N- [3- (methyl-phenyl-amino) propyl] -4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using N1-methyl-N1-phenyl-propane-1,3-diamine (yield 68%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.41 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.59 (dd, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 1.77 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 435.2 (M + 1)

Compound 178

N- (1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 3-amino-1-benzyl pyrrolidine (yield 62%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.88 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (br m, 2H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H ), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4.39 (br m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.79 (m, 1H ), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.81 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 447.2 (M + 1)

Compound 179

N- (3- (R) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 3- (R) -amino-1-benzyl pyrrolidine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.83 (br s, 1H), 8.36-8. 24 (m, 3H), 8.15 (m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4. 37 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H) , 3.59 (s, 2 H), 2.78 (m, 1 H), 2.63 (m, 1 H). 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 447.1 (M + 1)

Compound 180

N- (3- (S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 3- (S) -amino-1-benzyl pyrrolidine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.34 (br s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4. 39 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.79 (m, 1H) , 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.81 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 447.1 (M + 1)

Compound 181

N- (2-Dimethylamino-ethyl) -3-methoxy-N-methyl-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using N, N, N'-trimethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 6H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.2 (M + 1)

Compound 182

3-methoxy-N- (3-methylamino-propyl) -4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using N1-methyl-propane-1, 3-diamine (yield 25%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.25 (m, 4H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H) , 3.92 (m, 2H), 2.92, (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.82 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 359.1 (M + 1)

Compound 183

N- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) -3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using N, N-dimethyl propylamine (yield 81%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.56 (t, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 4.10 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 6H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.1 (M + 1)

Compound 184

N- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) -3-methoxy-N-methyl-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using N, N, N'-trimethyl propyldiamine (yield 88%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 2.22 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 387.1 (M + 1)

Compound 185

3-methoxy-N- (3-morpholin-4-yl-propyl) -4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 3-morpholin-4-propylamine (yield 53%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.57 (t, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 1.90 ( m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 415.1 (M + 1)

Compound 186

3-methoxy-N- [3- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl) -propyl] -4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 3- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl) propylamine (yield 63%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.24 (m, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 11H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 428.1 (M + 1)

Compound 187

{2- [3-methoxy-4- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -benzoylamino] -ethyl} -trimethyl-ammonium chloride

Prepared according to the method of compound 167 using 2-N, N, N-trimethylammonium ethylamine (yield 46%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.15 (s, 9H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.1 (M +)

Compound 188

4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid

Step 1: 4-methoxy-3- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) benzoic acid methyl ester. In a cooled (0 ° C.) solution of methyl-3-amino-4-methoxy benzoate (5.0 g, 27.6 mmol) in methylene chloride (100 mL), pyridine (2.34 mL, 29 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (5.8 g, 29 mmol) was added sequentially. After stirring for 8 hours, the reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (100 mL), washed with 1N hydrochloric acid (2 x 125 mL), 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 125 mL), brine (1 x 125 mL) , Dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered material was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved sequentially in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and hexane (700 mL). The precipitate formed was filtered to give an off white solid (yield 80%).

Step 2: 4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of carbamate pieces (1.0 g, 29 mmol) in N-methyl pyrrolidinone (5 mL) was added amino pyrazine (285 mg, 3.0 mmol). The reaction was then heated to 85 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The precipitated precipitate was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to yield an off-white solid (yield 55%).

Step 3: 4-methoxy-3-3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid. To a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (5 mL of 2 M aqueous solution). It was. The reaction was then heated to 60 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and the pH was adjusted to 5.5 with hydrochloric acid (IN). The precipitate formed was filtered off and dried under reduced pressure to give an off white solid (yield 58%).

Compound 189

N-butyl-4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

To a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoic acid (32 mg, 0.11 mmol) in N-methyl pyrrolidinone (1 mL) was O-benzotriazole-1- Mono-N, N, N ', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU; 45 mg, 0.12 mmol), butyl amine (12 μL, 0.12 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (35 μL, 0.20 mmol) was added. The reaction was then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (20 mL) and stirred for 5 minutes. The precipitate formed was filtered off and dried under reduced pressure to give an off-white solid (yield 49%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.23 (m, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 344.1 (M + 1)

Example 190

N-benzyl-4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using benzyl amine (yield 70%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.33 (m, 4H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci positive) m / e 378.1 (M + 1)

Example 191

4-methoxy-N-phenethyl-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using phenethyl amine (yield 68%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.40 (m, 1H), 8.35 (s, IH), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.18 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci positive) m / e 392.1 (M + 1)

Example 192

4-methoxy-N- (3-phenylpropyl) -3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using phenpropyl amine (yield 65%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7 32-7. 22 (m, 5H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.24 (m, 2H), 2.62 (dd, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci positive) m / e 406.1 (M + 1)

Example 193

N- (2-benzenesulfonyl-ethyl) -4-methoxy-N- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 2-benzenesulfonyl-ethylamine (yield 42%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.38 (br s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci positive) m / e 456.0 (M + 1)

Example 194

4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -N- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 2-pyridin-2-yl-ethylamine (yield 16%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, 1H), 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.59 ( m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi positive) m / e 415.2 (M + 1)

Example 195

4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) -N- (2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 2-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine (yield 41%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, 2H), 8.40 (m, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi positive) m / e 415.2 (M + 1)

Example 196

N- (1H-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl) -4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using C- (1H-benzoimidazol-2-yl) methylamine (yield 26%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.99 (t, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7. 15 (m, 3H), 4.65 (d, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H)

LRMS (esipositive) m / e 418 1 (M + 1)

Example 197

N- [2- (1H-indol-3-yl) -ethyl] -4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Tryptamine was prepared according to the method of compound 189 (yield 51%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.92 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.43 (t, 1H), 8. 33 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H ), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7. 35 (d, 1H), 7. 17 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.97 ( m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi positive) m / e 431.1 (M + 1)

Example 198

4-methoxy-N- [3- (methyl-phenyl-amino) -propyl] -3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using N-methyl-N-phenyl propyldiamine (yield 81%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.37 (m, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.14 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.58 (t, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.86 ( s, 3 H), 1.77 (m, 2 H).

LRMS (esi positive) m / e 435.2 (M + 1)

Example 199

N- (1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 3-amino-1-benzyl pyrrolidine (yield 48%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ8.90 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi positive) m / e 447.2 (M + 1)

Compound 200

N- (2-dimethylamino-ethyl) -4-methoxy-N-methyl-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using N, N, N'-trimethyl ethyldiamine (yield 93%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 9.39 (br s, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.85 (br s, 6H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.2 (M + l)

Compound 201

4-methoxy-N- (3-methylamino-propyl) -3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using N-methylpropyldiamine (yield 15%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 1.88 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 359.2 (M + 1)

Compound 202

N- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) -4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using N, N-dimethylpropyldiamine (yield 51%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 6H), 1.93 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.2 (M + 1)

Compound 203

N- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) -4-methoxy-N-methyl-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using N, N, N'-trimethylpropyldiamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 6H), 2.01 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 387.1 (M + 1)

Compound 204

4-methoxy-N- [3- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl) -propyl] -3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 3- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl) propylamine (yield 57%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7. 96 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H) , 6.85 (d, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.48 (br s, 8H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 1.96 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 428.2 (M + 1)

Compound 205

{2- [4-methoxy-3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzoylamino] -ethyl} -trimethyl-ammonium chloride

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 2-trimethylammonium ethyl amine (yield 63%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 9H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 373.0 (M +)

Compound 206

4-methoxy-N- (3-morpholin-4-yl-propyl) -3- (3-pyrazin-2-yl-ureido) benzeneamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 189 using 3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamine (yield 69%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO) δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.35 (m, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 4H), 2. 32 (m, 2H). 1.66 (m, 2 H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 415. 2 (M + l)

Example 207

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzoic acid

Step 1: (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester. Triethyl amine (14 mL, 100 mmol) and diphenyl phosphoryl azide (21.6 mL, 100 mmol) in a stirred solution of 5-methyl pyrazine carboxylic acid (13.8 g, 100 mmol) in 300 mL of toluene at room temperature under nitrogen. ) Were added sequentially. After 30 minutes, 2-methyl-2-propanol (19 mL, 200 mmol) was added at room temperature and the solution was immersed in a 90 ° C. oil bath. After 2 h, the reaction was cooled to rt, diluted to 600 mL with EtOAc and washed with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (3 × 60 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 600 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid (17.5 g, 83%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.56 (br s, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H).

Step 2: 5-methyl-2-aminopyrazine. Trifluoroacetic acid (30 mL) was added to a stirred solution of (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester (2.1 g, 10 mmol) in 30 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. It was. This solution was warmed to room temperature overnight. After this solution was rotary evaporated to remove TFA, the residue was redissolved in 200 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ and then stirred with 100 mL of 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ . The organics were separated and the aqueous solution was extracted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ (3 × 100 mL). The organics were combined, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give an orange solid (1 g, 92%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H).

Step 3: 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of 3-methoxy-4- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) benzoic acid methyl ester (11.7 g, 33.8 mmol) in 34 mL of NMP at room temperature under nitrogen was charged with 5-methyl-2-aminopyrazine ( 3.69 g, 33.8 mmol) were added and the reaction was immersed in an oil bath at 85 ° C. After 6 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and then a precipitate formed. EtOAc (200 mL) was added and the precipitate was separated by filtration (4.7 g, 44%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.79 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s , 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Step 4: 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid. 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester (7.15 g, 23.6 mmol in 3: 1 MeOH: H ₂ O (226 mL) at room temperature under N ₂ Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (9.5 g, 226 mmol) was added as a solid to the stirred suspension of a) and the mixture was heated to 65 ° C. After reaching this temperature, the suspension slowly became a light yellow solution. After 4 hours, a precipitate formed but the reaction continued overnight. After cooling to room temperature, MeOH was removed using a rotary evaporator, and the aqueous suspension was diluted with 100 mL of H ₂ O and neutralized to pH 5 with concentrated HCl. Upon reaching pH 5, the suspension turned from yellow to white. The suspension was then filtered through paper on a large ceramic funnel. Filtration proceeded very slowly and took several hours. The filter cake was washed twice with H ₂ O. After most of the H ₂ O was removed, the residue was dried under high vacuum in a dryer to give the free acid as a white solid (6 g, 88%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.79 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s , 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Compound 208

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl) benzamide

HBTU to a stirred solution of 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzoic acid (30 mg, 0.1 mmol) in NMP in 1 mL at room temperature in a sealed reaction vessel. (42 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred for 15 minutes and then treated sequentially with 2-ethylaminopyridine (13.2 μL, 0.11 mmol) and Hunich base (35 μL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring overnight, the NMP is removed via precursor-bulb transition at 70 ° C. under high vacuum, and the residue is a mixture of CH ₂ Cl ₂ (10 mL) and 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (10 mL) until complete dissolution. It was stirred with. The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated with EtOAc to give a solid, which was separated by filtration (yield 71%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, 1H), 8.50 (t, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8. 21 (s, 1H), 7.82 ( t, 1H), 7.48-7.31 (m, 4H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.04 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 407.1 (M + 1)

Compound 209

N- (1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide

The crude product was purified by chromatography eluting with 92.5 / 7.5 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH on a Biotage 12S column, following the method of compound 208 using 4-amino-1-benzyl piperidine. Prepared (yield 61%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.44 (br s, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 6H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.00 ( m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 475.2 (M + l)

Compound 210

N- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using N, N-dimethyl propyldiamine (yield 70%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.90 (br s, 1H) 8.55 (t, 1H) 8.26 (d, IH), 8. 22 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d , 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 6H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.89 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 387.1 (M + 1)

Compound 211

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (3-morpholin-4-yl-propyl) -benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamine (yield 79%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.57 (t, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 8H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s. 3H), 1.92 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 429.1 (M + 1)

Compound 212

N- (2-Dimethylamino-2-phenyl-ethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide

The crude product was purified using N- (2-dimethylamino) -2-phenyl ethyl amine, except that the crude product was purified by chromatography on a Biotage 12S column with 92.5 / 7.5 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH. Prepared according to the method (yield 12%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.20 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.19 (m, 7H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.78 ( m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 2. 50 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 448.9 (M + 1)

Compound 213

N- (2-Dimethylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide

The crude product was purified using N- (2-dimethylamino) -1-phenyl ethyl amine, except that the crude product was purified by chromatography on a Biotage 12S column with 92.5 / 7.5 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH. Prepared according to the method (yield 27%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.61 (br s, 1H), 9.71 (br s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.52- 7.21 (m, 7H), 5.05 (br s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 1.79 (br s, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 449.0 (M + 1)

Compound 214

N- (1-Aza-bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 1-aza-bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-ylamine (yield 27%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.17 (br s, 1H), 8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 111), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 7.53 ( d, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s , 3H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 1H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 411.0 (M + 1)

Compound 215

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (3-R-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) benza mid

Step 1: (3-R-1-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester. Pyridine-2-carboxaldehyde (190 μL) and sodium triacetoxybo in a stirred solution of (R) -boc-3-aminopyrrolidine (372 mg, 2 mmol) in dichloroethane (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. Low hydride (593 mg, 2.8 mmol) was added sequentially. The reaction was then stirred overnight at room temperature and then quenched by addition of saturated NaHCO ₃ (6 mL) with stirring for 15 minutes. The reaction was then partitioned between CH ₂ Cl ₂ (25 mL) and 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (25 mL). The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to afford the purified product (526 mg, 95%).

Step 2: 3-R-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine dihydrochloride. (3-R-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester (277 mg, 1 mmol) in 10 mL of 4N HCl in dioxane at room temperature in a sealed flask. The stirred solution of was reacted overnight. The reaction was concentrated via rotary evaporation under high vacuum to afford di HCl salt (250 mg, quant.).

Step 3: 3-R-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine dihydrochloride salt was mixed with excess DIEA (70 μL, 0.4 mmol) in 500 μL of NMP to form a solution And this solution was added to the acid / HBTU mixture. The crude product was purified by chromatography eluting with 9/1 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH on a Biotage 12S column (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.66 (dd, 2H ), 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2. 70 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.39 (m, 3H), 1.76. (m, 1 H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 462.3 (M + 1)

Compound 216

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (3-R-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 3- (R) -amino-1-methyl pyrrolidine (yield 29%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.78 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d , 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.43, (s, 3H), 2. 39 (m, 2H), 2 24 (s, 3 H), 2.17 (m, 1 H), 1.76 (m, 1 H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 385.3 (M + 1)

Compound 217

N- (3-R-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide

Compound 215 using 3- (R) -amino-1-benzyl pyrrolidine, except that the crude product was purified by chromatography on a Biotage 12S column, eluting with 92.5 / 7.5 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH. Prepared according to the method (yield 54%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.09 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8. 02 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.22 (m, 4H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H) , 3.78 (dd, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 461.1 (M + 1)

Compound 218

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (3-R-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) benza mid

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1- (R) -pyridin-4-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (d, 2H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.66 (dd, 2H), 2.97 (m, 1H ), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 1.78 (m, 1H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 462.3 (M + 1)

Compound 219

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (3-R-1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) Benjamid

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using (R) -1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.96 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.09 (d, 2H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.10 (d , 1H), 6.91 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.96 (dd, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H) 2. 71 (m , 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 1H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 467, 2 (M + 1)

Compound 220

N- (3-R-1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-R-ylamine (yield 71%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.89 (br s, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d , 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.06 ( m, 3H), 1.77 (m, 3H), 1.61 (m, 3H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.19 (m, 3H), 0.83 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 467.3 (M + 1)

Compound 221

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (3-R-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-R-ylamine (yield 51%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.78 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d , 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 1H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 385.4 (M + 1)

Compound 222

N- (3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -benzamide

The crude product was purified using 1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine, except that the crude product was purified by chromatography on a Biotage 12S column with 92.5 / 7.5 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH. Prepared according to the method (yield 54%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.81 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 2H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 5H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.78 (dd, 2H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.54 ( s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 461.1 (M + 1)

Compound 223

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (3-S-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) Benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (d, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.79 (dd, 2H), 3.40 (m, 1H ), 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 1.78 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 462.1 (M + 1)

Compound 224

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (3-S-1-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) Benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.51 (m, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 2H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.66 (dd, 2H), 2.97 (m, 1H ), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 462.3 (M + 1)

Compound 225

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (3-S-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) Benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (d, 2H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, 2H), 2.98 (m, 1H ), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 462.3 (M + 1)

Compound 226

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (3-S-1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ) -Benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 55%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.71 (br s. 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.11 (d, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d , 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 6.91 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.94 (dd, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2,42 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 467.2 (M + 1)

Compound 227

N- (3-S-1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.252.06 (m , 3H), 1.77 (m, 3H), 1.61 (m, 3H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.19 (m, 3H), 0.83 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 467.3 (M + 1)

Compound 228

N- (3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide

Step 1: 4-Amino-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of 4-amino-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (1.2 g, 5.4 mmol) in 16 mL of 4: 1 THF: MeOH at 0 ° C., TMS-diazomethane (2 M solution in hexane, 12 mmol) ) Was added dropwise and conversion was observed by TLC in 2/3 EtOAc / hexanes. Upon completion, the reaction was concentrated to give a white solid corresponding to methyl ester (1.27 g, quant.).

Step 2: 4- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester. Pyridine (521 μL, 6.4 mmol) and p-nitro to a stirred solution of 4-amino-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.38 g, 5.9 mmol) in 18 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. Phenylchloroformate (1.18 g, 5.9 mmol) was added sequentially. After 4 h at 0 ° C., the reaction was diluted to 60 mL with CH ₂ Cl ₂ and then washed with 2N HCl (2 × 60 mL), H ₂ O (1 × 60 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 60 mL). It was. The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a white solid corresponding to carbamate (2.1 g, 89%).

Step 3: 4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester. 2-into a stirred solution of 4- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (400 mg, 1 mmol) in 1 mL of NMP in a sealed reactor at room temperature. Amino-5-methyl-1-pyrazine (109 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 90 ° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was diluted to 30 mL with EtOAc, washed with 10% NaHCO 3 (4 × 30 mL) to remove phenol by-products, and with saturated NaCl (1 × 30 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated. Trituration and filtration with EtOAc gave a beige solid corresponding to the urea ester (136 mg, 37%).

Step 4: 4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid. 4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester in 4 mL of 3: 1 MeOH: H ₂ O under nitrogen (136 mg, 0.37) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (154 mg, 3.7 mmol) was added to the stirred suspension of mmol) and the reaction was heated to 65 ° C. The reaction turned sulfur / green and finally became a solution. After stirring overnight, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and partially concentrated via rotary evaporation to remove most of MeOH. The residual suspension was neutralized with 2N HCl until pH was 6. As a result of the reaction, a villi precipitate was formed, which was filtered off using H ₂ O and dried under high pressure overnight to give an acid as a white solid (102 mg, 78%).

Step 5: 4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -3-trifluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (102 mg, 0.29 mmol in 2.9 mL of NMP in a sealed reaction vessel at room temperature HBTU (109 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added to the stirred suspension. After 15 minutes, 3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine monochloride (similar to 1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine used in the synthesis of compound 215 (73 mg, 0.29 mmol) and DIEA (200 μL, 1.2 mmol) were added sequentially. The reaction was then stirred overnight and then NMP was removed at 70 ° C. under high pressure. The residue was partitioned between 30 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ and 30 mL of 10% Na ₂ CO 3. The organics were separated, washed with saturated NaCl (1 × 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a yellow foam corresponding to the desired amide (103 mg, 70%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (d, 1H), 8.37 (br s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.28 (m, 6H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.68 (dd, 2H), 2. 77 (dd, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.37 (dd, 2H), 1.78 (m, 1 H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 514.9 (M + 1)

Compound 229

N- (1-benzyl-piperidin-4-ylmethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Step 1: N-benzylisonopecottamide. To a suspension of isonifecottamide (12.3 g, 96 mmol) in 200 mL of dichloromethane is added benzaldehyde (106 g, 100 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (29.7 g, 140 mmol) and this mixture Was stirred at room temperature for 5 days. The dark white mixture was diluted with 100 mL of water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The aqueous phase was basified to pH> 12 with 1N NaOH. The resulting white precipitate was collected via suction filtration. The white solid was then dissolved in 50 mL of EtOAc, washed with 20 mL of brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give 10.84 g (50%) of the desired product.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.85 (m, SH), 5.45 (s, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 3.5 (s, 2H), 2.93 (d, J = 10.96 Hz, 2H) , 2.16 (t, J = 12.13 Hz, 1 H). 2.01 (t, J = 11. 74 Hz, 2H), 1.87 (d, J = 12.52 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (q, J = 12.52 Hz, 2H).

Step 2: 4-Aminomethyl-1-benzyl piperidine. LiAlH ₄ (1.9 g, 51 mmol) was added to a solution of N-benzylisonopeptamide (7.34 g, 34 mmol) in 60 mL of anhydrous THF, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then 3 Heated under reflux for hours. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of saturated sodium potassium stannate and extracted with EtOAc (3 × 50 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with 20 mL of water and 20 mL of brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to afford the desired product. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 7.13 (m, 5H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.59 (m, 2H), 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 2.21 (m, 5H).

Step 3: N- (1-benzyl-piperidin-4-ylmethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzamide. Prepared with 4-aminomethyl-1-benzyl piperidine following the method of compound 208. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.1 (s, 2H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.26 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 7H), 3.97 (s, 5H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). 1.44 (s, 2 H). MS APCI-pos, M + 1 = 489.1.

Compound 230

N- [3-S-1- (4-fluoro-benzyl) pyrrolidin-3-yl] -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] Benjamid

Step 1: (3S) -3- (t-butoxycarbonylamino) -1- (4-fluoro-benzyl) pyrrolidine. 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (288 μL, 2.31 mmol) in a solution of (3S)-(+)-3- (t-butoxycarbonylamino) pyrrolidine (410 mg, 2.20 mmol) in 22 mL of EtOH. And finely divided cesium carbonate (788 mg, 2.42 mmol) was added. The stirred reaction mixture was heated at 80 ° C. for 3 hours under nitrogen, and then the reaction was indicated to be complete via TLC. The reaction was then concentrated in vacuo to about 5 mL, diluted with 30 mL of EtOAc and then washed with 20 mL of 5% NH ₄ OH. The aqueous fraction was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 20 mL). The combined organics were washed with 20 mL of brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated. The crude white solid was triturated with 1: 1 ether-hexane to afford 501 mg (77%) of the desired product as a white solid. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H), 6.9-7.1 (m, 2H), 4.85 (br. S, 1H, exchange), 4.18 (br. S, 1H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 2.65 (br. m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 2H), 1.5-1.7, (m, 1H), 1.4 ( s, 9H).

Step 2: (3S) -3-Amino-1- (4-fluoro-benzyl) pyrrolidine. A solution of (3S) -3- (t-butoxycarbonylamino) -1- (4-fluoro-benzyl) pyrrolidine (400 mg, 1.36 mmol) was stirred in 15 mL of formic acid at room temperature. After 3 hours, the clear colorless solution was concentrated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in 20 mL of EtOAc, washed with 10 mL of 5% NH ₄ OH, followed by 10 mL of brine. The solution was then dried over MgSO 4, filtered and concentrated to give 240 mg (91%) of the product as a yellow oil. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 3.56 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.71 ( m, 2H), 2.42-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 2H, NH2), 1.43-1.52 (m, 1H).

Step 3: N-[(3S) -1- (4-fluorobenzyl) pyrrolidin-3-yl] -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urei Do] benzamide. Prepared with (3S) -3-amino-1- (4-fluoro-benzyl) -pyrrolidine following the method of compound 208. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.8 (s, 2H), 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7. 37 (s, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 4.4 (br. S, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.6 (br. S, 2H) , 3.06 (br. S, 1H), 2.65 (br. S, 1H), 2.81 (br. S, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 1H), 1.83 (s, 1H). MS apc:-pos M + 1 = 479.2.

Compound 231

3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid 3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester

Step 1: 3-methoxy-4-nitro benzoyl chloride. To a stirred solution of 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.07 mmol) in 15 mL of dioxane under nitrogen atmosphere was added dropwise 3.7 mL (50 mmol) of thionyl chloride at room temperature. After the addition was complete, the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction flask was then equipped with a distillation head, and excess thionyl chloride and about 1/2 of the solvent were removed by distillation in a 120 ° C. oil bath. The remaining solvent was removed via rotary evaporation, the residue was dissolved in 20 mL of toluene and then about 1/2 of the solvent was removed by distillation. The remaining solution was then cooled to 0 ° C. and then a white solid precipitated out which was collected via suction filtration and then rinsed with 1-1 Et ₂ O-hexane. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.87 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H).

Step 2: (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ol. A solution of (3S) -3-hydroxypyrrolidine (2.0 g, 25 mmol) in 50 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ under nitrogen atmosphere was cooled to 0 ° C., benzaldehyde (2.92 g, 27.5 mmol) and 1 g of Powdered 4mm molecular sieves were added sequentially. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (7.4 g, 35 mmol) was added to the solution several times over 30 minutes, and the reaction product was stirred for 18 hours. The reaction was then cooled back to 0 ° C., and then the reaction was quenched by sequentially adding 10 mL of methanol and 5 mL of 1N HCl. The molecular sieve solids were removed by filtration through glass fiber paper and the filtrate was extracted with 20 mL of diethyl ether. The organic phase was discarded and the aqueous phase was first basified by addition of concentrated ammonium hydroxide and then extracted with EtOAc (3 × 20 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with 20 mL of brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.2 g (73%) of a clear yellow oil, which did not require further purification. . ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.2-7.4 (m, SH), 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.63, (s, 2H), 2.83-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.53-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.77 (m, 1H).

Step 3: 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzoic acid (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester. To a stirred solution of 500 mg (2.82 mmol) of (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ol and 1 mL pyridine in 15 mL of CH ₂ Cl _{2 at room} temperature in 3-mL in 10 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ . A solution of 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (608 mg, 2.82 mmol) was added. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL of saturated NaHCO ₃ and extracted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ (2 × 10 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with 20 mL of brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 780 mg (71%) of the desired ester as a yellow oil, which was dried under high vacuum and then solidified I was. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.83 (d, J = 7. 83 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H), 5.44 (br. M, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J = 30 Hz, J = 13 Hz, 1H), 2.8-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 1H), 2.3-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.0-2.1 (m, 1H)

Step 4: 4-Amino-3-methoxy-benzoic acid (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester. Similar to the preparation of 4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenylamine used for the synthesis of compound 340 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzoic acid (3S) -1-benzyl Aniline was prepared by reducing the pyrrolidin-3-yl ester with nickel boride. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.54 (d, J = 8.21 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H) 6.65 (d, J = 8.21 Hz, 1H) , 5.38 (br. M, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.69 (q, J = 24.63 Hz, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.7-2.9 (m, 2H ), 2.5-2.6 (m, 1H), 2. 3-2. 4 (m, 1 H), 1.9-2.1 (m, 1 H). MS apci-pos M + 1 = 327. 2.

Step 5: 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester. Prepared with 4-amino-3-methoxy-benzoic acid (3S) -1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl ester according to the method of compound 208. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.15 (s, 2H), 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.30-7. 35 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m, 1H) , 2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.44 (s, 3 H), 2.28 (m, 1 H), 1.91 (m, 1 H). MS apci-pos M + 1 = 462.2.

Compound 232

N- (3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Step 1: 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester. Methyl 4-methoxy-3- (4-nitrophenylcarbonylamino) benzoate in a stirred solution of 5-trifluoromethylaminopyrazine (326 mg, 2 mmol) at room temperature in NMP (2 mL) in a sealed reaction vessel. Ester (692 mg, 2 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 85 ° C. for 6 hours. The reaction was then cooled to rt and triturated with EtOAc (5 mL) to form a tan solid, which was isolated via filtration and rinsed with EtOAc (213 mg, 28%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.78 (s, 1H), 10.16 (br s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 7.63 (d , 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H)

Step 2: 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid. 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester in 5.75 mL of 3: 1 MeOH: H ₂ O at room temperature under nitrogen (213 mg, 0.575 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (240 mg, 5.8 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to 65 ° C. After reaching this temperature, the suspension slowly turned into a light yellow solution. After about 4 hours, a precipitate formed but the reaction continued overnight. After cooling to room temperature, MeOH was removed via rotary evaporation and the aqueous suspension was neutralized to pH 5 with concentrated HCl. When pH 5 was reached, the suspension turned from yellow to white. The suspension was then filtered through paper on a ceramic funnel. After removing most of the H ₂ O, the residue was dried in a drier overnight under high vacuum (133 mg, 55%).

Step 3: To a stirred solution of 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid (35 mg, 0.1 mmol) in a sealed reaction vessel at room temperature HBTU (41 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added and stirred for 15 minutes. Subsequently, 1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine dihydrochloride (prepared similarly to 1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylamine used in the synthesis of compound 215) was prepared with DIEA ( 69 μL, 0.4 mmol) was added in solution in 0.5 mL of NMP. After stirring overnight at room temperature, NMP was removed via distillation at 70 ° C. under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 25 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ with a small amount of MeOH and washed with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (2 × 25 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a residue, which was chromatographed on a Biotage 12S column using 5/95 MeOH / CH ₂ Cl ₂ . This material was concentrated to dryness and triturated / filtered with Et ₂ O to give the purified product as a white solid (9.5 mg, 19%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.53 (s, 1H), 9.86 (br s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, 1H), 8. 12 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.73 (dd, 2H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 2.76 ( m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, 1H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 515.1 (M + 1)

Compound 233

5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl) -2-trifluoromethyl-benzamide

Step 1: Mixture of 5-fluoro-4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid and 5-fluoro-3-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid. To the stirred solution of 3-fluoro-6-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (3.58 g, 17.2 mmol) in 17 mL of concentrated H ₂ SO ₄ at 0 ° C was carefully added dropwise 70% HNO ₃ (17 mL). The reaction was then heated to 100 ° C. overnight, then cooled to room temperature and poured into 250 mL of H ₂ O / ice with stirring. EtOAc (250 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred. The layers were separated and the organics washed with H ₂ O (1 × 250 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 250 mL). The organics were then dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give an oil which solidified upon standing. The solid was a 1: 1 mixture of regioisomers, which was carried out in the crude state.

Step 2: A mixture of 5-fluoro-4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester and 5-fluoro-3-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of nitro acid (crude, 172 mmol) in 60 mL of 4: 1 THF: MeOH at 0 ° C. was added 2M TMS-idazomethane in hexanes until yellow remained. After 30 minutes, the reaction was concentrated to give crude oil, which was used directly in the next step.

Step 3: A mixture of 5-methoxy-4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester and 5-methoxy-3-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of fluoro nitro ester (crude, 17.2 mmol) in 22 mL of MeOH at room temperature was added 150 mL of 0.5 M sodium methoxide in MeOH. This red solution was stirred for 30 minutes and then partitioned between CH ₂ Cl ₂ (500 mL) and H ₂ O (500 mL). The organics were washed with H ₂ O (2 × 500 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a white solid.

Step 4: 5-methoxy-4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester. 10% Pd / C (1 g) was carefully added to a stirred solution of methoxy nitro ester (crude, 17.2 mmol) in 172 mL of MeOH washed with nitrogen at room temperature. This suspension was subjected to three vacuum / clean cycles using hydrogen gas and then maintained under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen. After stirring overnight, the suspension was filtered through GF / F filter paper and concentrated to give a clear oil. This material was loaded directly onto a Biotage 40M column using CH ₂ Cl ₂ , first eluting with 9/1 hexanes / EtOAc to elute the unwanted isomers of high Rf values and then eluting with 85/15 hexanes / EtOAc. To elute an isomer of a lower Rf value. After concentration, the isomer of lower Rf value was solidified to obtain a clear solid (1.75 g, 41%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H)

Step 5: 5-methoxy-4- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester. Pyridine (180 μL, 2.22 mmol) in a stirred solution of 5-methoxy-4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (552 mg, 2.22 mmol) in 6.6 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. ) And p-nitrophenyl chloroformate (448 mg, 2.22 mmol) in the solid state were added sequentially. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction was diluted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ to 30 mL and washed with 2N HCl (2 × 30 mL) and H ₂ O (1 × 30 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give p-nitrophenyl carbamate, which was isolated as a white foam (878 mg, 96%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.57 (br s, 1H), 8.30 (d, 2H), 7.77 (br s, 1H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 4.03 ( s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H)

Step 6: 5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methoxy-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred solution of 5-methoxy-4- (4-nitro-phenoxycarbonylamino) -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (878 mg, 2.1 mmol) in 4.2 mL of NMP at room temperature under nitrogen was added. -Amino-5-methylpyrazine (232 mg, 2.1 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 85 ° C. After 6 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was then triturated with EtOAc (25 mL) and the urea was isolated as a tan solid by filtration (470 mg, 58%).

Step 7: 5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid. Methyl 5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid in 6.7 mL of 3: 1 MeOH: H ₂ O at room temperature under nitrogen. To a stirred suspension of ester (257 mg, 0.67 mmol) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (281 mg, 6.7 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 85 ° C. After stirring overnight, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, MeOH was removed via rotary evaporation, and the residual suspension was neutralized to about pH 5 with concentrated HCl. The suspension was then filtered, rinsed with H2O and the filter cake was dried under high vacuum to give the acid as a white solid (161 mg, 61%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 2.42 ( s, 3H). LRMS (esi, negative) m / e 369.0 (M-1).

Step 8: 5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl) -2-trifluoromethyl-benza mid. 5-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -2-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid (37 mg, 0.1 in 1 mL of NMP at room temperature in a sealed reaction vessel. HBTU (42 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added to the stirred solution), and the suspension was stirred for 15 minutes. Then 2-aminoethylpyridine (13 μL, 0.11 mmol) and DIEA (35 μL, 0.2 mmol) were added sequentially and the reaction stirred overnight. The NMP was then removed in a pro-bulb transition mode at 70 ° C. under high vacuum and the residue was triturated with EtOAc and filtered to give the desired amide as a tan solid (32 mg, 68%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.90 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.52 (t, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.10 (br m, 1H), 7.61 (br d, 1H), 7.57 (br m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 475.1 (M + 1)

Compound 234

3- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid

Step 1: 3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester. 3-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester (394 mg, 2.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (525 mg, 2.0 mmol) and 3- (dimethylamino) propanol (237 μL) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) , 2.0 mmol) was added to diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (394 μL, 2.0 mmol in 1 mL tetrahydrofuran) to a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with hydrochloric acid (30 mL of 1 M solution) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 50 mL). The aqueous solution was basified with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL) and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 × 100 mL). The ethyl acetate was then washed with brine (1 x 30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product (yield 86%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.44 (t, 2H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.05 (m, 2H).

Step 2: 4-Amino-3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -benzoic acid methyl ester. Stirred cooling (about 0 ° C.) of 3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (282 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1 mL) Aon powder (2.0 mmol) was added to the solution. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 30 mL) and brine (1 x 30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. . The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product as a tan solid (88% yield). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 4.29 (br s, 1H), 4.09 (t , 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.49 (t, 2H), 2. 25 (s, 6H), 2.00 (m, 2H).

Step 3: 3- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester. To a stirred cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of 4-amino-3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -benzoic acid methyl ester (252 mg, 1.0 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL) was added triethylamine (139 μL, 1.0 mmol) and triphosgene (98 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added. After stirring for 30 minutes, 5-methyl-2-amino pyrazine (109 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 65 ° C. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). A precipitate formed which was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the desired material as a white solid (yield 40%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.62 (br s, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H) 7. 49 (s, 1H), 4.15 ( t, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.42 (m, 5H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 2.01 (m, 2H).

Step 4: 3- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzoic acid. Stirred solution of 3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) To this was added lithium hydroxide (5 mL of 2 M aqueous solution) The reaction was heated to 60 ° C. and stirred for 12 h The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and the pH was adjusted to 5.5 with 1N hydrochloric acid. A precipitate formed which was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a tan solid (yield 52%): ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.62 (br s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H ), 8.21 (s. 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 2.42 (m, 5H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 2.01 (m, 2H) .

Compound 235

4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid

Step 1: 4-nitro-3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid methyl ester. 3-hydroxy-4-nitro benzoic acid methyl ester (394 mg, 2.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (525 mg, 2.0 mmol) and 3-pyridylcarbinol (194 μL, in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) 2.0 mmol) was added to a stirred, cooled (0 ° C.) solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (394 μL, 2.0 mmol in 1 mL tetrahydrofuran). After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with hydrochloric acid (30 mL of 1 M solution) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 × 50 mL). The aqueous solution was then basified with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL) and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 × 100 mL). Ethyl acetate was washed with brine (1 × 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired crude product as an off-white solid (yield 76%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, 1H), 7.88 (m, 3H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.39 (M, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H).

Step 2: 4-Amino-3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid methyl ester. Zinc in stirred cooled (0 ° C.) solution of 4-nitro-3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid methyl ester (288 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1 mL) Powder (131 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 × 30 mL) and brine (1 × 30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a yellow solid (yield 97%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 7. 39 (m, 1H), 6.71 ( d, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.28 (br s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H).

Step 3: 4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -benzoic acid methyl ester. Triethylamine (139 μL, 1.0 mmol) in a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of 4-amino-3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid methyl ester (258 mg, 1.0 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL). ) And triphosgene (98 mg, 0.33 mmol). After stirring for 30 minutes, 5-methyl-2-amino pyrazine (109 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 65 ° C. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). A precipitate formed which was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the desired material as a white solid (yield 47%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8. 48 (d, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.62 (d, 1 H), 7.51 (m, 1 H), 5.32 (s, 2 H). 3.88 (s, 3 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H).

Step 4: 4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid. Hydroxide in a stirred solution of 4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzoic acid methyl ester (1.3 g, 3.3 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) Lithium (5 mL of 2 M aqueous solution) was added. The reaction was then heated to 60 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the pH was adjusted to 5.5 with 1N hydrochloric acid. A precipitate formed which was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a tan solid (yield 90%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8. 68 (d, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H) , 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7. 51 (m 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 2. 32 (s, 3H).

Compound 236

3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using ammonia (yield 33%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.18 (s, 1H), 8.56 (br s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H), 8.11 (s. 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.40 (s , 1H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 6H), 1.91 (m, 2H)

LRLCMS (esi, positive) m / e 374.2 (M + 1)

Compound 237

3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -N, N-dimethyl-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using dimethylamine (yield 97%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.30 (br s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.29 (s. 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.78 (br s, 1H), 7.07 ( s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 4.16 (t, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.10 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 401.1 (M + 1)

Compound 238

N-benzyl-3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using benzylamine (yield 65%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.91 (br s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.38 (m , 4H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 4.64 (d, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.14 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 463.2 (M + 1)

Compound 239

N-benzyl-3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -N-methyl-4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using N-methyl benzylamine (yield 68%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.37 (br s, iH), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.37 (m, 4H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.18 (m , 2H), 4.67 (br m, 2H), 4.07 (br m, 2H), 2.99 (br s, 3H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.50 (br m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.06 (br m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 477.2 (M + 1)

Compound 240

3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamine (yield 69%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.44 (d, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.90 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d , 1H), 6.76 (m, 1H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 7H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.13 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 486.2 (M + 1)

Compound 241

3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -N- (2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) Ethyl) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) ethylamine (yield 68%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.35 (br s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s , 1H), 7.46 (br s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s , 3H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.77 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 484.3 (M + 1)

Compound 242

N- (2-dimethylamino-ethyl) -3- (dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2-dimethylamino-ethylamine (yield 37%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.38 (br s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8. 20 (s, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.12 (m, 2H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 444.2 (M + 1)

Compound 243

N- (3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -4- [3- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -ureido ] Benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 20%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.61 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (d, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.16 (m, 1H), 7, 51 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7. 31 (m, 4H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4 18 (m, 2H), 3.72 (dd, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H) , 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 2. 11 (m, 2H ), 1.76 (m, 1 H)

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 532.2 (M + 1)

Compound 244

4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using ammonia (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.27 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 8.03 (m , 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7. 37 (br m, 1H), 7.26 (br s, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 379.1 (M + i)

Compound 245

N-methyl-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using methylamine (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.60 (m, 3H), 8.26 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 2.79 (d, 3H), 2. 36 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 393.2 (M + 1)

Compound 246

N, N-dimethyl-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using dimethylamine (yield 88%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.95 (s, 6H), 2.33 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 407.4 (M + 1)

Compound 247

N-benzyl-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using benzylamine (yield 41%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 9.05 (t, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.58 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (d , 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 469.1 (M + 1)

Compound 248

N-benzyl-N-methyl-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using N-methyl benzylamine (yield 71%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.76 (br s, 1H), 8.64 (d, 1H), 8.57 (m, 1H), 8.28 (br m, 1H), 7.95 ( br m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.23 (br m, 7H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 5.23 (br m, 2H), 4.62 (br ni, 2H), 2. 88 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 483.3 (M + l)

Compound 249

4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl) -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamine (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.27 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.61 (br s, 1H), 8.52 (t, 1H), 8.29 (d , 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 5. 33 (s, 2H), 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.40 ( m, 2H), 2.48 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 4H), 2.34 (s, 3H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 492.4 (M + l)

Compound 250

4- [3- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -N- [2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) -ethyl] -3- (pyridin-3-ylme Methoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) ethylamine (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.21 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, 1H), 8.58 (br s, 1H), 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.33 (d , 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 2H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 490.3 (M + l)

Compound 251

N- (2-dimethylamino-ethyl) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) benzamide

Prepared according to the method of compound 208 using 2-dimethylamino-ethylamine (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (t, 1H), 8. 30 (d, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.35 (br m, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 6H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 450.2 (M + l)

Compound 252

N- (3-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -3- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) Benjamid

Prepared according to the method of compound 215 using 1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-S-ylamine (yield 99%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.26 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8. 66 (d, 1H), 8.60 (br s, 1H), 8.47 (d, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H), 8. 02 (d, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 2. 34 (s, 3H) , 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 1H)

LRMS (apci, positive) m / e 538.2 (M + l)

Compound 253

1- [2- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Step 1: (2-hydroxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -carbamic acid t-butyl ester. To a stirred solution of 2-amino-4-methyl-phenol (6.15 g, 50 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) carboxylic acid di-t-butyl ester (9.8 g, 45 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (12.6 g; 75 mL of 150 mmol in water) was added sequentially. After stirring for 8 hours, the reaction was diluted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (2 x 100 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL), then dried. (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired (2-hydroxy-5-methyl-phenyl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester as a brown solid (yield 95%).

Step 2: [2- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester. (2-hydroxy-5-methyl-phenyl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester (447 mg, 2.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (525 mg, 2.0 mmol) and 3- (in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) To a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of dimethylamino) -1-propanol (237 μL, 2.0 mmol) was added a solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (394 μL, 2.0 mmol) in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran. It was. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 × 30 mL) and brine (1 × 30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product.

Step 3: 2- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenylamine. To a stirred solution of [2- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester (617 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 5 mL of dioxane was added hydrochloric acid (2 mL; in dioxane 4 N) was added. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 20 mL of 1N hydrochloric acid and washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The aqueous layer was basified with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). Ethyl acetate was washed with brine (1 × 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the corresponding aniline.

Step 4: 1- [2- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea. Triethylamine (140 μL, 1.0 mmol) in a stirred, cooled (0 ° C.) solution of 2- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -6-methyl-phenylamine (208 mg, 1.0 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL). ) And triphosgene (98 mg, 0.33 mmol). After stirring for 30 minutes, amino pyrazine (95 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 65 ° C. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and stirred for 8 hours. A precipitate formed, which was filtered off, rinsed with toluene (2 × 1 mL) and dried under reduced pressure (yield 35%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.39 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 4.09 (t , 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.05 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 330.10 (M + 1)

Compound 254

1- [2- (2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using N, N-dimethyl ethanolamine (yield 36%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.79 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d , 1H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.31 (t, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 316.21 (M + 1)

Compound 255

1- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3-hydroxymethyl pyridine (yield 10%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 6.9 (dd, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 336.21 (M + 1)

Compound 256

1- {5-Methyl-2- [3- (2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -propoxy] -phenyl} -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3- (2-oxo-pyrrolidin-2-yl) propanol (yield 10%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 3.38 (m, 4H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.20 (t, 2H), 2.00 (t, 2H), 1.91 (t, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 392.2 (M + Na)

Compound 257

1- [5-Methyl-2- (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy) -phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol (yield 39%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 4.19 (t, 2H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.49 (m, 4H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 358.2 (M + 1)

Compound 258

1- [5-Methyl-2- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3-morpholin-4-yl-propanol (8% yield).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.62 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d , 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.45 (t, 2H), 2.35 (m, 4H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.00 (t, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 386.31 (M + l)

Compound 259

1- [2- (3-Dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3-dimethylamino-propanol (yield 40%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8. 18 (s, 1H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2. 36 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.05 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 344.20 (M + 1)

Compound 260

1- [5-Methyl-2- (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol (yield 10%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.79 (br s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd , 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 2.61 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 372.1 (M + 1)

Compound 261

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-2-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 2-hydroxymethyl pyridine (yield 21%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.61 (d, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 2. 30 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 372.2 (M + Na)

Compound 262

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-4-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 4-hydroxymethyl pyridine (yield 18%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 350.21 (M + 1)

Compound 263

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3-hydroxymethyl pyridine (yield 10%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.68 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 350.21 (M + 1)

Compound 264

1- [2- (2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using N, N-dimethyl ethanolamine (yield 11%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 4.11 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 330.20 (M + 1)

Compound 265

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 253 using 3-hydroxymethyl pyridine and 2-hydroxy-5-trifluoromethyl aniline (yield 40%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.45 (t , 1H), 7.3 (br s, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 404.10 (M + 1)

Compound 266

1- [5-Methyl-2- (6-methyl-pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Step 1: To a stirred cooled (0 ° C.) solution of 6-methyl nicotinic acid (5.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise lithium aluminum hydride (20 mmol; 20 mL of a 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran). . The reaction was then stirred for 4 hours and treated sequentially with 1 mL of H ₂ O, 1 mL of 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 3 mL of H ₂ O. The reaction was then filtered and washed with tetrahydrofuran (3 x 50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford alcohol as a clear viscous oil.

Steps 2-3: Aniline deprotection according to Mitsunobu reaction and method of compound 253.

Step 4: In a stirred solution of 5-methyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (138 mg, 1.0 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL) diphenylphosphoryl azide (216 μL, 1.0 mmol) and triethylamine (140 μL, 1.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was then placed under nitrogen and heated to 90 ° C. for 15 minutes. The temperature was then lowered to 65 ° C. and 5-methyl-2- (6-methyl-pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenylamine (228 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was then stirred at this temperature for 4 hours and then at room temperature for 8 hours. Precipitation formed during the reaction, which was rinsed with toluene (2 × 1 mL) and dried under reduced pressure (yield 36%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.45 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8. 22 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 6.9 (m, 3H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 364.16 (M + 1)

Compound 267

1- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethoxy) phenyl] urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 2- (2-pyridyl) -ethanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation (yield 37%) following the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (2-pyridin-2-yl-ethoxy) -phenylamine.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.70 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 ( t, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 4.49 (t, 2H), 3. 39 (t, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H).

Compound 268

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (3-pyridin-2-yl-propoxy) phenyl] urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 3- (2-pyridyl) -ethanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation (yield 5%) following the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (3-pyridin-2-yl-propoxy) -phenylamine.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.89 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (d, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.15 ( s, 1H), 7.59 (t, 1H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.40 (t , 2H), 2. 35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 378.10 (M + 1)

Compound 269

1- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (3-pyridin-4-yl-propoxy) phenyl] urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 3- (4-pyridyl) -propanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (4-pyridin-2-yl-propoxy) -phenylamine (yield 28%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.15 (br s, 1H), 8.51 (d, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s , 1H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 378.16 (M + 1)

Compound 270

1- {2- [2- (benzylmethyl-amino) ethoxy] -5-methyl-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with N-methyl-N-benzyl ethanolamine and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 2- [2- (benzyl-methyl-amino) ethoxy] -5-methyl-phenylamine (yield 17%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.70 (br s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.32 (m , 5H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2. 33 (s, 3H), 2.29 ( s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 406.01 (M + 1)

Compound 271

1- {5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-2-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 3-hydroxymethyl-1-methyl piperidine and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenylamine (yield 16%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.25 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, IH), 8.22 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.74 ( d, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.15 (br d, 1H), 2.80 (br d, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 2 22 (s, 3H), 1.50-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.00-1.25 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 370.01 (M + 1)

Compound 272

1- {2- [2- (4-Dimethylamino-phenyl) -ethoxy] -5-methyl-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 2- (4-dimethylamino-phenyl) -ethanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 2- [2- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -ethoxy] -5-methyl-phenylamine (yield 10%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.15 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.82 (s , 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 3.20 (t, 2H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 405.90 (M + 1)

Compound 273

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (3-pyridin-3-yl-propoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 3- (3-pyridyl) propanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (3-pyridin-3-yl-propoxy) -phenylamine (yield 16%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.95 (br s, 1H), 8.51 (m, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s , 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.21 (t, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 377.91 (M + 1)

Compound 274

1- [2- (2-Dimethylamino-1-dimethylaminomethyl-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 1,3-bis-dimethylamino-propan-2-ol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 266 using 2- (2-amino-4-methyl-phenoxy) -N, N, N ', N'-tetramethylpropane-1,3-diamine (yield 4%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.69 (br s, 1H), 8.95 (br s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 4.19 ( m, 1H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 2. 38 (s, 6H), 2.35 (s, 3 H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 386.92 (M + 1)

Compound 275

1- [5-Methyl-2- (2-S-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-S-ylmethanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation (yield 12%) following the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-S-ylmethoxy) -phenylaniline.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.10 (s, IH), 9.85 (br s, 1H), 9.65 (brs, 1H), 8. 78 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 4.33 (br s, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, lH), 2.99 (d, 2H) 2.70-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.80-2.10 (m, 3H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 355 91 (M + 1)

Compound 276

1- (2- (2-S-1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: Mitsunobu reaction with 1-benzyl-pyrrolidine-2-S-ylmethanol and aniline deprotection according to the method of compound 253.

Step 3: Urea formation (3% yield) following the method of compound 266 using 5-methyl-2- (1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-2-S-ylmethoxy) -phenylaniline.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.95 (s, 1H), 9.90 (br s, 1H), 9.59 (br s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.89 ( s, 1H), 7.25-7.50 (m, 6H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.75 (d, 2H), 4.33 (m, 4H), 4.10 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.80-2.10 (m, 3H), 1.10-1.30 (m, 2H).

LRMS (esi, positive) m / e 432. 31 (M + l)

Compound 277

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol (yield 28%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.01 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br s, 1H), 9.72. (br s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 4.40 (t, 2H), 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 356.2 (M + 1).

Compound 278

1- {5-Methyl-2- [2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) -ethoxy] -phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) -ethanol (yield 32%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.01 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br s, 1H), 9.72 (br s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.01 ( s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 4.20 (m, 3H), 3.00-4.00 (m, 11H), 2.80 (d, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H) , 2.25 (s, 3 H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 370.2 (M + l).

Compound 279

1- [2- (3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using (3H-imidazol-4-yl) -methanol (yield 24%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.51 (br s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6 75 (d, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 339.1 (M + 1).

Compound 280

1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (2-pyridin-3-yl-ethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 2-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol (16% yield).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.98 (br s, IH), 8 65 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H), 8.35 (s, 2H) 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s , 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 6.82 (dd, 2H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 3.21 (t, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 364.2 (M + l).

Compound 281

1- [5-Methyl-2- (3-piperidin-1-yl-propoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 3-piperidin-1-yl-propan-1-ol (yield 33%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.21 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 2H), 8. 15 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 2.53 (t, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.45 ( m, 2H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 384.2 (M + 1).

Compound 282

1- [5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 1-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (4% yield).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.22 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd , 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2. 39 (s, 3H), 2. 36 (s, 3H), 2.19 (m, 4H), 1.90 (m, 2 H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 355.9 (M + 1).

Compound 283

1- [2- (1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-3-yl) -urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 266 using 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-ol (yield 1%).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 432.0 (M + 1).

Compound 284

1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (S) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: (1-methyl-piperidin-3- (S) -yl) methanol

To a stirred cooled solution of (S)-(+)-N-boc nifecotinic acid (5.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added lithium aluminum hydride (20 mL, 20 mmol, 1M in tetrahydrofuran). Added dropwise. The reaction was then refluxed for 12 hours and then cooled to 0 ° C. The reaction was then quenched with 1 mL of H ₂ O, 1 mL of 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, 3 mL of H ₂ O. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a clear viscous oil.

Steps 2-3: 5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3- (S) -ylmethoxy) phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 4: Prepared according to the method of compound 266 (yield 33%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.25 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.74 ( d, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.15 (br d, 1H), 2.80 (br d, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2. 35 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 1H) , 2.22 (s, 3 H), 1.502.00 (m, 6 H), 1.00-1.25 (m, 2 H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 370.0 (M + l).

Compound 285

1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (R) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Steps 1-3: 5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3- (R) -ylmethoxy) phenylamine

Prepared according to the method of compound 284 using (R)-(+)-N-boc nifecotinic acid.

Step 4: 5-Methylpyrazine-2-carboxylic acid azide (1.2 equiv) dissolved in anhydrous toluene (0.1 M concentration) was heated to 90 ° C. After 20 minutes, the N2 evolution subsided and the caramel colored reaction mixture was cooled to 60 ° C. before adding the aniline prepared as described above in solution in toluene (1 equiv). A precipitate formed, which was isolated by filtration (yield 49%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.25 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.74 ( d, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3. 15 (br d, 1H), 2.80 (br d, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 1H) , 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.50-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.00-1.25 (m, 2H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 370.0 (M + l).

Compound 286

1- (5-methylpyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (1-pyridin-2-yl-ethoxy) phenyl] urea

Step 1: 1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol

To a stirred, cooled (-78 ° C.) solution of pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (15 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added methylmagnesium bromide (5 mL, 15 mmol, 3 M in diethyl ether). . After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (5 mL). The aqueous sodium carbonate solution was then adjusted to pH 5.0 and the product extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). Ethyl acetate was washed with brine (1 × 100 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered material was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil.

Steps 2-3: 5-Methyl-2- (1-pyridin-3-yl-ethoxy) -phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 4: The urea formation reaction was carried out according to the method of compound 285 (yield 17%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.49 (br s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, 1H), 8. 35 (s, iH), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.20 (t, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 5.49 (q, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 363.8 (M + 1).

Compound 287

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-2-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Steps 1-2: 5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-2-ylmethoxy) -phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 3: A urea formation reaction was carried out according to the method of compound 285 (yield 11%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.90 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 6.80 (s , 2H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 2.58-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.50-2.25 (m, 7H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 369.9 (M + 1).

Compound 288

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] urea

Steps 1-2: 5-Methyl-2- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy) -phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 3: A urea formation reaction was carried out according to the method of compound 285 (yield 12%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.25 (br s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 6.8 (s , 2H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.80-4.10 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.20-2.20 (m, 4H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 342.9 (M + 1).

Compound 289

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl) methanol

To a stirred cold solution of 1-methyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (5.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise lithium aluminum hydride (20 mL, 20 mmol, 1M tetrahydrofuran). . The reaction was then stirred for 4 hours and quenched with 1 mL of H ₂ O, 1 mL of 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, 3 mL of H ₂ O. The reaction was filtered and washed with tetrahydrofuran (3 x 50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a clear viscous oil.

Steps 2-3: 5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylmethoxy) -phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 4: The urea formation reaction was carried out according to the method of compound 285 (yield 54%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.18 (br s, 1H), 8.62 (br s, 1H), 8.38 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 3.85 (d, 2H), 2.90 (br d, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 6H), 1.50-2.10 (m, 7H) .

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 369.2 (M + 1).

Compound 290

1- [5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-yloxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Steps 1-2: 5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-yloxy) -phenylamine

Aniline Deprotection According to Mitsunobu Reaction and Method of Compound 253.

Step 3: A urea formation reaction was carried out according to the method of compound 285 (yield 3%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.75 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 6.90 ( d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2. 39 (s, 6H), 1.60-2.80 (m, 8H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 356.1 (M + 1).

Example 291

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] urea

Step 1: Quinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester. TMS-diazomethane (2M in hexane) was added to a stirred solution of quinoline-3-carboxylic acid (346 mg, 2 mmol) dissolved in 4: 1 THF: MeOH (6 mL) at 0 ° C. A little addition was made until yellow remained. The reaction was then concentrated to give methyl ester as a tan solid (244 mg, 65%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.84 (dd, 1H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H).

Step 2: 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester and 1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester. NaBH ₄ (345 mg, 9.1 mmol) was added in portions (intense reaction) to a stirred solution of quinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (244 mg, 1.3 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (13 mL) at room temperature. After the addition was complete, the reaction was dark yellow. After stirring for 3 hours, the color turned pale yellow. The reaction mixture was poured into 50 mL of H ₂ O and 50 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ and stirred rapidly for 15 minutes. The layers were separated and the organics were concentrated to give a yellow oil. TLC in 15/85 EtOAC / hexanes revealed that the starting material was consumed completely and two new points with lower Rf values. The compound was chromatographed using a Biotage 12M column (CH ₂ Cl ₂ load) and eluted with 15/85 EtOAc / hexanes. Higher Rf values correspond to N-ethylated products (123 mg, 43%) and lower Rf values correspond to the desired tetrahydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (93 mg, 37%) do. N-ethyl derivative: ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.08 (dd, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.60 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.42 (m, 3H) , 3.27 (m, 1H), 2.98 (m, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H) NH derivative: ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.62 (dd, 1H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 3. 34 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 1H).

Step 3: (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-yl) methanol. To a stirred solution of 1,2,3,4, -tetrahydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (93 mg, 0.49 mmol) in 1.5 mL of Et ₂ O at 0 ° C. under nitrogen in LiAlH ₃ (Et ₂ O) 1 M) was added dropwise, with intense gas evolution and white precipitates forming. After 30 minutes, the reaction was carefully quenched with 15% NaOH (3 mL), then Et ₂ O was added and the mixture was stirred rapidly at room temperature for 15 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et ₂ O (1 × 10 mL). Organics were synthesized, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give an alcohol (64 mg, 80%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.62 (dd, 1H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.18 (m, lH).

Step 4: [5-Methyl-2- (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester. 2-N-Boc-amino-4-methylphenol (88 mg, 0.39 mmol), (1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl) -methanol in 850 μL of THF at 0 ° C. under nitrogen To a stirred solution of 64 mg, 0.39 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (103 mg, 0.39 mmol) was added a solution of DIAD (77 μL, 0.39 mmol) in 850 μL of THF. The reaction was then warmed to room temperature overnight, concentrated, then directly loaded onto a Biotage 12M column using CH ₂ Cl ₂ and eluted with 96/4 hexanes / EtOAc. The product was isolated as a yellow oil (129 mg, 89%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.92 (br s, 1H), 7.06 (br s, 1H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 1H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.65 ( dd, 1H), 6.51 (d, 1H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.37 (ddd, 2H), 2.79 (ddd, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s , 9H)

Step 5: 3- (2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-methyl-phenoxymethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid benzyl ester. DIEA (61 μL, 0.35 mmol) and benzyl chloroformate in a stirred solution of 2-N-Boc-amino-4-methylphenol (129 mg, 0.35 mmol) in CH ₂ Cl ₂ (1.5 mL) at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. (50 μL, 0.35 mmol) and DMAP (4 mg, 0.035 mmol) were added sequentially. After 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ to 30 mL and washed with 2N HCl (2 × 30 mL) and saturated NaHCO ₃ (2 × 30 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a brown oil, which is believed to be a mixture of product and starting material.

Step 6: 3- (2-Amino-4-methyl-phenoxymethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid benzyl ester. Crude 3- (2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-methyl-phenoxymethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 H-quinoline-1- in 4N HCl in dioxane (2 mL) at room temperature A solution of carboxylic acid benzyl ester (crude, 0.35 mmol) was stirred overnight under a drying tube. The suspension was concentrated via rotary evaporation, diluted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ to 30 mL and then stirred with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (30 mL). The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a brown oil corresponding to crude aniline, which was used without purification in the urea formation reaction.

Step 7: 3- {4-Methyl-2- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] -phenoxymethyl} -3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-car Acid benzyl esters. A 0.5 M solution in 5-methyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid azide (204 μL) was diluted with toluene (408 μL) in a reaction vessel covered with nitrogen under nitrogen and immersed in a 90 ° C. oil bath with stirring. . After about 20 minutes, the evolution of nitrogen gas ceased, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and then crude 3- (2-amino-4-methyl-phenoxymethyl) -3,4-dihydro in toluene (620 μL) Treatment with a solution of -2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (about 0.101 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature overnight and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was separated by filtration using toluene, which was determined to be a mixture of Cbz-protected and unprotected products.

Step 8: 1- (5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -urea

Crude 3- {4-methyl-2- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -ureido] phenoxymethyl} -3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid A stirred suspension of benzyl ester (6.6 mg, 12 μmol) was heated in 5 mL of EtOAc using a heat gun until solution. The clear solution was cooled to room temperature and treated sequentially with triethylamine (3.4 μL, 24 μmol) and Perman catalyst (20% palladium hydroxide / carbon, 9 mg). This mixture was subjected to three times in a vacuum / clean cycle with hydrogen gas and then held under one hydrogen atmosphere for one hour. The reaction was filtered through GF / F filter paper with EtOAc and then concentrated to give a white solid corresponding to the desired product (4.7 mg, 100%). 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, IH), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 6.67 (t, 1H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 3.57 (d, 1H), 3.26 (t, 1H), 2.92 (ddd, 2H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.31 ( s, 3H) LRMS (APCI, Positive) m / e 404.2 (M + 1).

Compound 292

1- [2- (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-yl) methanol. LAH was added to a stirred solution of 1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (123 mg, 0.56 mmol) in 1.5 mL of Et ₂ O at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. 1M in Et ₂ O) was added dropwise, with intense gas evolution and white precipitates forming. Thirty minutes later, TLC in 3/7 EtOAc / hexanes showed a clear point of complete loss of sm and lower Rf values. The reaction was carefully quenched with 15% NaOH (3 mL), 3 mL of Et ₂ O was added and the mixture was stirred rapidly at room temperature for 15 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et ₂ O (1 × 10 mL). Organics were synthesized, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a clear oil corresponding to the desired alcohol (105 mg, 95%).

Step 2: [2- (1-Ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester. (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-yl) methanol (105 mg, 0.55 mmol, prepared in Step 2, compound 126xx), 2-N in 850 μL at 0 ° C. under nitrogen. To a stirred solution of -Boc-amino-4-methylphenol (123 mg, 0.55 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (144 mg, 0.55 mmol) was added a solution of DIAD (108 μL, 0.55 mmol) in 850 μL of THF. The reaction was then warmed to room temperature overnight, concentrated and then directly loaded onto a Biotage 12M column using CH ₂ Cl ₂ and eluted with 96/4 hexanes / EtOAc to afford the desired alkylated phenol as a white foam (40 mg, 18%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.92 (br s, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 6.62 (d , 1H), 6.59 (dd, 1H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.39 (m, 4H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.79 (ddd, 2H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H).

Step 3: 2- (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenylamine. Of [2- (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester (40 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 4N HCl The solution was stirred overnight in dioxane (2 mL) at room temperature in a drying tube. The suspension was concentrated via rotary evaporation, diluted to 30 mL with CH ₂ Cl ₂ and then stirred with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (30 mL). The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a brown oil which was used without purification in the next reaction.

Step 4: 1- [2- (1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazine-2- Sun) -urea

A 0.5 M solution of acyl azide (182 μL) was diluted with 364 μL of toluene in a diaphragm covered reaction vessel under nitrogen and then immersed in a 90 ° C. oil bath with stirring. After about 20 minutes N ₂ gas evolution ceased, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and 2- (ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-3-ylmethoxy) -5 in 550 μL of toluene Treated with -methyl-phenylamine (27 mg, 0.91 mmol). The mixture was then stirred for 2 hours at 65 ° C. and the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature overnight, forming a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered off using toluene and the desired urea was isolated as a tan solid (7 mg, 18%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.34 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.25 ( m, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.12 (t, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.61 (t, 1H), 4.05 (m , 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3. 32 (t, 1H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.91 (ddd, 2H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2. 36 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3 H), 1.04 (t, 3 H). LRMS (APCI, Positive) m / e 431.9 (M + 1).

Compound 293

1- [5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea

Step 1: Quinoxaline-2-carbonyl azide. A stirred solution of quinoxaline-2-carboxylic acid (348 mg, 2 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen was diluted with diisopropylethylamine (365 μL, 2.1 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (410 μL). , 1.9 mmol) in succession. After stirring overnight, the reaction was diluted to 60 mL with Et ₂ O and washed with saturated NaCl (2 × 60 mL). Insoluble brown oil spilled with the aqueous layer, which was judged as diphenyl phosphate impurity. The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a tan solid corresponding to acyl azide (350 mg, 92%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.58 (s, 1H), 8. 32 (d, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.94 (m, 2H)

Step 2: 1- [5-Methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea.

A solution of quinoxaline-2-carbonyl azide (66 mg, 0.33 mmol) in toluene (1.7 mL) was stirred under nitrogen and immersed in a 90 ° C. heating bath. After 20 minutes, the basalt was cooled to 65 ° C. and solid 5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenylamine (70 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 65 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature overnight. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and then washed with toluene (62 mg, 51%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.58 (br s, 1H), 9.27 (br s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8. 03 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.76 (t, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 2.91 (d, 1H), 2.61 (d, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 1H), 1.81 (m, 3H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 1H). LRMS (APCI, Positive) m / e 405.9 (M + 1).

Compound 294

1- [5-Methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea

Step 1: 1- [5-Methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea. A stirred solution of quinoxaline-2-carbonyl azide (92 mg, 0.46 mmol, prepared as described above) in 1.5 mL of toluene under nitrogen was immersed in a 90 ° C. heating bath. After 20 minutes, the reaction was cooled to 65 ° C. and treated with solid 5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenylamine (90 mg, 0.42 mmol). The reaction was then stirred at 65 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature overnight. The resulting precipitate was collected via filtration. The crude product was chromatographed on a Biotage 12M column using 2/3 EtOAc / hexanes to give purified urea as a tan solid (20 mg, 12%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.99 (br s, 1H), 9.64 (br s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H), 8.24 ( s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.55 (t, 1H), 7.42 (t, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7. 12 (m, 1H), 6.93 (m, 2 H), 5.26 (s, 2 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H). LRMS (APCI, Positive) m / e 385.9 (M + 1).

Compound 295

Step 1: Mitsunobu Step

1- [2- (4-Methyl-2-nitro-phenoxy) -ethyl] aziridine

A solution of 2-nitro-4-methylphenol (50 mg, 3.3 mmol, 1 equiv) and 2-aziridin-1-yl-ethanol (3.0 mmol, 1 equiv) in 10 mL of THF was stirred at 0 ° C. Triphenylphosphine (0.87 g, 3.30 mmol, 1.1 equiv) and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (0.67 g, 3.30 mmol, 1.1 equiv) were added and the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc and washed with water (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase was washed again with 1 N HCl (3 × 20 mL) and the aqueous layer was basified to pH> 12 with 3N NaOH and then extracted with EtOAc (3 × 50 mL) to afford crude product. The final product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5-10% MeOH in dichloromethane. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.09 Hz , 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 5.48 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H).

Step 2: Nitro Reduction Step

2- (2-aziridin-1-yl-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenylamine

A solution of 3-nitro-4-alkoxy toluene (1.0 mmol) in 20 mL of EtOH was hydrogenated over 300 mg of 10% Pd / carbon under 2 atmospheres for 30 minutes. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a glass fiber filter and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product which was used directly without further purification.

Step 3: forming urea

1- [2- (2-aziridin-1-yl-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

A solution of 5-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylic acid azide (196 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in 20 mL of anhydrous toluene was heated to 90 ° C. After 20 minutes N ₂ evolution ceased and the reaction mixture was cooled to 60 ° C. before adding aniline (1.0 mmol, 1 equiv) in solution in 2 mL of toluene. After stirring for 4 hours at 60 ° C., the reaction mixture was partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and saturated NaHCO 3. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.80 (s, 1H), 8. 64 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.82 ( m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2. 32 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H). MS APCI-Pos, M / e 328.0 (M + 1)

Compound 296

1- [2- (3-Dimethylamino-benzyloxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea

Prepared with (3-dimethylamino-phenyl) methanol as described above for compound 295. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.69 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 6.87 (m, 6H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 2.93 (s, 6H), 2. 35 (s, 6H). MS APCI-Pos, M / e 391.9 (M + 1)

Compound 297

1- [2- (1-Isopropyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared with 3-hydroxy-1-isopropyl-pyrrolidine as described above for Compound 295. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.08 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H) , 6.74 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.36 ( m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.01 (m, 6H). MS APCI-Pos, M / e 369.9 (M + 1)

Compound 298

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared with (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -methanol as described above for compound 295. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.13 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H) , 6.75 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 2.75 (m, 4H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.24 ( s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M / e 341.9 (M + 1)

Compound 299

Step 1: 3-hydroxymethyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester

Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (803) in a stirred solution of 3-hydroxymethyl piperidine (403 mg, 3.5 mmol, 1 equiv) in 20 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ and 5 mL of saturated NaHCO ₃ at 0 ° C. mg, 3.68 mmol, 1.05 equiv) was added several times. After stirring for 2 h at 0 ° C., the solution was diluted with 10 mL of water and extracted with CH ₂ Cl ₂ (2 × 20 mL). The extract was synthesized, washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give Boc protected amine, which was used in the next step.

Steps 2-4: 3- {4-methyl-2- [3- (5-methylpyrazine) from 3 -hydroxymethyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester as described above for compound 295 2-yl) ureido] phenoxymethyl} piperidine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester was prepared. This was eluted with 5% MeOH in CH ₂ Cl ₂ and purified by flash chromatography.

Step 5: 1- [5-Methyl-2- (piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

A 0 ° C. solution of protected derivative (180 mg, 0.395 mmol) in 15 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ was treated with 2 mL of TFA to remove the Boc group. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in 20 mL of EtOAc and washed with 10 mL of NaHCO ₃ . The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL), the extracts were synthesized, washed with 20 mL of brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give the desired amine (128 mg, 91%). . ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.16 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 6.8 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2. 34 (m, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.53 (m, 1H), 1.37 (m, 1H), 1.11 (m, 1 H). MS APCI-Pos, M / e 356.0 (M + 1)

Compound 300

1- [5-fluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 3- (4-fluoro-2-nitro-phenoxymethyl) -pyridine

Lithium bis (trimethyl) in a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of 1,4-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene (3.0 mmol) and 3-pyridylcarbinol (3.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) Silyl) amide (3.2 mmol; 3.2 mL of 1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran) was added. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 30 mL) and brine (1 x 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) Filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product.

Step 2: 5-fluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenylamine

Zinc powder (2.0 mmol) in a stirred, cooled (0 ° C.) solution of 4-fluoro-2-nitro-phenoxymethyl) -pyridine (1.0 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1 mL). Was added. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 30 mL) and brine (1 x 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) Filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 23%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.62 (br s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, 1H), 8.43 (br s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.15 ( s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 354. 10 (M + l).

Compound 301

1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Steps 1-2: Follow the method for compound 300 using 1,4-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene and 1-methyl-3-hydroxymethyl piperidine.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 285 (yield 62%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.22 (m, 3H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.50-2.30 (m, 8H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 374.21 (M + 1).

Compound 302

1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Steps 1-2: Follow the method for compound 300 using 1,4-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene and 1-methyl-4-hydroxypiperidine.

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 78%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.49 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (br s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 6.80 ( m, 1H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.80-2 . 30 (m, 6 H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 359.91 (M + 1).

Compound 303

1- [4-fluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 3- (5-fluoro-2-nitro-phenoxymethyl) pyridine

Stirred cooling of 2-nitro-5-fluoro-phenol (2.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (2.0 mmol) and 3-hydroxymethylpyridine (2.0 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) (about 0 To the solution was added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 mmol in 1 mL tetrahydrofuran). After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 30 mL) and brine (1 x 30 mL), triturated (MgSO ₄ ) Filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product.

Step 2: 4-fluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenylamine

Nitro reduction according to the method of compound 300

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 60%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.41 (br s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, 1H), 8.40 (t, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s , 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 354. 21 (M + 1).

Compound 304

1- [4-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 303 using 2-nitro-5-fluorophenol and 1-methyl-3-hydroxymethyl piperidine.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.50 (br s, 1H), 8.19 (m, 2H), 6.65 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 2.80-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.60-2.10 (m 5H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 373.95 (M + l).

Compound 305

1- [4-Fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared according to the method of compound 303 using 2-nitro-5-fluorophenol and 1-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl piperidine.

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.35 (br s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 8.35 (m, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.65 (m, 2H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.80-2.30 (m, 6H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 359.93 (M + 1).

Compound 306

1- [3,4-difluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 3- (2,3-difluoro-6-nitro-phenoxymethyl) -pyridine

Stirred cooling of 2,3-difluoro-6-nitrophenol (2.0 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (2.0 mmol) and 3-hydroxymethylpyridine (2.0 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) ( Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 mmol in 1 mL tetrahydrofuran) was added to the solution. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 x 30 mL) and brine (1 x 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered It was. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired crude product.

Step 2: 3,4-difluoro-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenylamine

Nitron reduction according to the method of compound 300

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 20%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.49 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.10 (m , 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 372.10 (M + 1).

Compound 307

1- (5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-4-yloxy) phenyl] urea

Step 1: 5-methyl-2- (pyridin-4-yloxy) phenylamine

To a stirred solution of 2-amino-4-methylphenol (616 mg; 5.0 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (600 mg; 15.0 mmol in 1 mL of water). The reaction was heated to 100 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The crude product was eluted with methylene chloride: methanol: ammonia (90: 8: 2) and purified using a Biotage 40M cartridge to give a pale yellow oil (yield 10%).

Step 2: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 36%).

¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.41 (br s, 1H), 8.52 (m, 3H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 6.80-7.00 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 335.91 (M + 1).

Compound 308

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl] urea

Step 1: 3- (4-methyl-2-nitro-phenoxy) -pyridine

To a stirred solution of 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene (686 mg, 4.0 mmol) and pyridin-3-ol (418 mg, 4.40 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (1.22 g, 8.80 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 50 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was then cooled to rt, diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The crude product was eluted with hexane and ethyl acetate (1: 1) and purified using a Biotage 40M cartridge to give a pale yellow oil (yield 27%).

Step 2: 5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-yloxy) phenylamine

Zinc powder was added to a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of 3- (4-methyl-2-nitro-phenoxy) pyridine (1.0 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1 mL). . After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 × 30 mL) and brine (1 × 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil (yield 95%).

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 45%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.49 (br s, 1H), 8.55 (s, lH), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8. 35 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 335.91 (M + 1).

Compound 309

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] urea

Step 1: 2- (4-methyl-2-nitro-phenoxy) pyridine

To a stirred solution of 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene (686 mg, 4.6 mmol) and pyridin-2-ol (418 mg, 4.40 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (1.22 g, 8.80 mmol) was added. The reaction was then heated to 50 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was then cooled to rt, diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The crude product was eluted with hexane and ethyl acetate (1: 1) and purified using a Biotage 40M cartridge to give a pale yellow oil (yield 11%).

Step 2: 5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-yloxy) phenylamine

Zinc powder was added to a stirred, cooled (about 0 ° C.) solution of 2- (4-methyl-2-nitro-phenoxy) pyridine (1.0 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1 mL). . After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was washed with 30 mL of 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 × 30 mL) and brine (1 × 30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil (yield 77%).

Step 3: Urea formation according to the method of compound 295 (yield 43%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.51 (br s, 1H), 8.42 (br s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.51 (t, 1H), 7.29 ( d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 335.91 (M + 1).

Substituted Aminopyrazine Ureas: Conventional Methods

To a 0.3 M stirred solution of aminopyrazine derivative (1 equiv) in dichloroethane at room temperature under nitrogen was added 2-methoxy-5-methylphenylisocyanate (1 equiv). The reaction was warmed to 80 ° C. overnight then cooled to room temperature. In most cases, the product precipitated out and it was separated by filtration. Alternatively, the product can be separated by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc / hexane or CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH as eluent.

Compound 310

3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -1-methyl-1-pyrazin-2-yl-urea

Step 1: 2-methylaminopyrazine

2-chloropyrazine was added to a stirred solution of 2 M methylamine in 1 mL of methanol at room temperature. The reaction was sealed and heated to 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The reaction was then concentrated to give a mixture of starting material and the desired 2-methylaminopyrazine (1: 2). This material was used as crude in the urea formation reaction. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H)

Step 2: 2-methoxy-5-methylphenylisocyanate (1 equiv) was added to a 0.3 M stirred solution of 2-methylaminopyrazine (1 equiv) in dichloroethane at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was warmed to 80 ° C. overnight then cooled to room temperature. In most cases, the product precipitated out and it was separated by filtration. Alternatively, the product can be separated by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc / hexane or CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH as eluent. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 2. 32 (s, 3H).

LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 273. 2 (M + l).

Compound 311

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared according to the conventional method described for compound 310 using 2-amino-4-methylpyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.12 (br s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s , 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 273.2 (M + 1).

Compound 312

1- (5,6-dimethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5,6-dimethylpyrazine

Glycine amidine dihydrobromide (620 mg, 2.64 mmol) was stirred in 6 mL of MeOH at −30 ° C. (acetonitrile / CO ₂ bath) in a sealed flask. Butanediol (232 μL, 2.64 mmol) was separately stirred in 6 mL of H 2 O with sodium acetate (700 mg) until homogeneous. To the amidine solution was added sequentially diketone and 2.5 mL of 3.6 M NaOH by pipette. The yellow solution was then slowly warmed to room temperature and then stirred overnight. MeOH was removed via rotary evaporation and the aqueous solution was extracted using EtOAc (3 × 30 mL). The organic extract is synthesized, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to yield a yellow solid with some impurities. The solid was triturated with EtOAc / Et ₂ O and filtered to give the purified compound (55 mg, 17%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.76 (s, 1H), 4.25 (br s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H)

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described for compound 310 using 2-amino-5,6-dimethylpyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.43 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.64 (br s, 1H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 3.95 ( s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H). LRMS (APCI, Positive) m / e 287.1 (M + 1).

Compound 313

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 2-Amino-5-trifluoromethylpyrazine

Prepared according to the method of micelle, J, US Pat. No. 4,293,552 (1981).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-5-trifluoromethylpyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.59 (s, 1H), 9.78 (br s, 1H), 9.06 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d , 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 327.1 (M + 1).

Compound 314

1- (5,6-diphenyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-hydroxy-5,6-diphenylpyrazine. To a stirred suspension of glycineamide hydrochloride (1.1 g, 10 mmol) in 20 mL of MeOH at 0 ° C. was added 20% NaOH (10 mL, 50 mmol). A clear solution was formed, which was slowly treated gradually with solid benzyl (2.1 g, 10 mmol). The yellow solution was stirred at 0 ° C. for 2 h and then neutralized to ca. pH 7 with concentrated HCl. The yellowish color disappeared and a tan precipitate formed. The material was filtered off with MeOH, separated and triturated with EtOAc to give 2-hydroxy-5,6-diphenylpyrazine (2 g, 80%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.39-7. 21 (m, 6 H).

Step 2: 2-Chloro-5,6-diphenylpyrazine . In a sealed reaction vessel a stirred solution of 2-hydroxy-5,6-diphenylpyrazine (430 mg, 1.7 mmol) in 5.2 mL of POCl ₃ was heated to 100 ° C. for 4 h. The orange solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred rapidly for 15 min in a mixture of CH ₂ Cl ₂ (100 mL) and ice cold 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (2 × 100 mL). The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give chloropyrazine present as a white solid (450 mg, quantitative). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.24 (m, 6H).

Step 3: 2-azido-5,6-diphenylpyrazine

To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-5,6-diphenylpyrazine (45 mg, 0.17 mmol) in 500 μL DMF at room temperature under nitrogen is added sodium azide (11 mg, 0.17 mmol) and the reaction is brought to 100 ° C. Warmed. After stirring overnight, the reaction was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and then washed with H ₂ O (4 × 30 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 30 mL). The organics were separated, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to afford 2-azidopyrazine present as a yellow solid (45 mg, quantitative). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.73 (s, 1H), 7. 58-7.42 (m, 6H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 4H).

Step 4: 2-amino-5,6-diphenylpyrazine

To a stirred solution of 2-azido-5,6-diphenylpyrazine (45 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 50 mL of EtOAc was added sequentially triethylamine (100 μL) and Perlman catalyst (50 mg). The suspension was then applied three times in a vacuum / clean cycle using hydrogen gas and then maintained under 1 hydrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The suspension was then filtered through GF / F filter paper with EtOAc and then concentrated. The crude product was eluted through a Biotage 12S column using 1/1 EtOAc / hexanes to give the purified product as a clear oil (25 mg, 59%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.20 (m, 10H), 4.62 (br s, 2H)

Step 5: Prepared according to the conventional method described for compound 310 using 2-amino-5,6-diphenylpyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.37-7.23 (m, 10H), 6.81 ( d, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H)

Compound 315

1- [3-benzyl-5- (4-methoxy-phenyl) -pyrazin-2-yl] -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Prepared according to the conventional method described for compound 310 using 2-amino-3-benzyl-4- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ8.51 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, 2H), 7.34 (m, 5H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.80 (m , 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 477.2 (M + l).

Compound 316

1- (6-azido-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: Tetrazolo [1,5-a] pyrazin-5-ylamine . Shou, JT et al., J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1980 , 17.11 ].

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 166 using tetrazolo [1,5-a] pyrazin-5-ylamine using tetrazolo [1,5-a] pyrazin-5-ylamine . ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.72 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 6.88 ( d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 300.0 (M + l).

Compound 317

1- (6-aminopyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Stirred solution of 1- (6-azido-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea (8 mg, 27 μmol) in 95% EtOH (2 mL) at room temperature To concentrated NH ₄ OH (10 μL) and 10% Pd / C (25 mg) were added. The suspension was applied three times in a vacuum / clean cycle with hydrogen gas, then maintained under the required pressure of 50 psi and then stirred on a Parr stirrer. After 2 hours, the vacuum / clean cycle was repeated and the reaction was kept under hydrogen for 2 more hours. The suspension was then filtered through GF / F filter paper with EtOH and then concentrated to give a yellow film (3 mg, 41%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 6.83 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 274.2 (M + l).

Compound 318

1- (6-Chloro-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

To a stirred solution of 2-amino-6-chloropyrazine (130 mg, 1 mmol) in 3 mL of THF at 0 ° C. under nitrogen was added methyl magnesium iodide (3M in Et 2 O, 330 μ, 1 mmol) to give a yellow suspension. Which was stirred at 0 ° C. for 15 minutes. This suspension was treated with pure isocyanate (147 μL, 1 mmol) and then warmed to room temperature overnight. The reaction was then partitioned between EtOAc (30 mL) and 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (30 mL). The organics were separated and washed with 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (1 × 30 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 30 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to afford a crude residue, which was triturated with EtOAc and filtered to give the urea product as a white solid (27 mg, 9%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 6.81 (d , 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 293.0 (M + 1).

Compound 319

1- (5-Bromo-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5-bromopyrazine

To a stirred cooled (0 ° C.) solution of amino pyrazine (5.0 g, 52.6 mmol) in methylene chloride (200 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (9.39 g, 52.8 mmol). After stirring for 24 hours, the reaction was washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (3 × 50 mL) and water (50 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered material was concentrated under reduced pressure and sequentially dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate (5 mL) and hexane (200 mL). Yellow crystals formed which were filtered and dried (yield 56%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-4-bromopyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).

Compound 320

1- (3,5-Dibromo-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-4,6-dibromopyrazine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.79 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H)

Compound 321

1- [5- (1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl) -pyrazin-2-yl] -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) Urea

Step 1: (5-Bromomethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester . N -bromosuccinimide (1.14 g, 6.4 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (1.14 g, 6.4 mmol) in a stirred solution of 2- Boc -amino-5-methyl pyrazine (1.34 g, 6.4 mmol) in 20 mL of CCl ₄ at room temperature under nitrogen. 125 mg) were added sequentially. The solution was irradiated with a 100 watt floodlight to strongly reflux the reaction. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 125 mL of CH ₂ Cl _2, and washed with 10% sodium bisulfite solution (1 × 125 mL) and saturated NaCl (1 × 125 mL). The organics were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated to give a brown oil which was loaded directly onto Biotage 40S using CH ₂ Cl ₂ and eluted with 15/85 EtOAc / hexanes to give the desired benzyl bromide Obtained as a yellow solid (954 mg, 51%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 1H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 1.55 (s, 9H).

Step 2: [5- (1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl) -pyrazin-2-yl] carbamic acid t-butyl ester

To a stirred solution of phthalimide (971 mg, 6.6 mmol) and powdered K ₂ CO ₃ (1.37 g, 9.9 mmol) in acetonitrile (9.9 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen was bromide (954 mg, 3.3 mmol) as a solid. Added. The suspension was then heated to 65 ° C. for 4 hours. After cooling to rt, the reaction was partitioned between EtOAc (60 mL) and H ₂ O (60 mL). The organics were separated, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was triturated with CH ₂ Cl ₂ and filtered to remove excess solid phthalimide, the filtrate was partially concentrated and loaded directly onto Biotage 40S, eluting with 3/7 EtOAc / hexanes to give the desired phthalimide Was obtained as a white solid (495 mg, 42%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.39 (br s, 1H), 4.97 (s , 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H)

Step 3: 2- (5-Amino-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl) -isoindole-1,3-dione

Trifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) was added to a stirred solution of phthalimide (495 mg, 1.4 mmol) in 7 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ at room temperature in a sealed flask. After stirring overnight, the reaction was concentrated to remove excess trifluoroacetic acid, then dissolved in 200 mL of 10/1 CH ₂ Cl ₂ / MeOH, stirred rapidly, and then 10% Na ₂ CO ₃ (200 mL) Treated with solution. The organics were separated, dried (MgSO 4), filtered and concentrated to give free aminopyrazine as a yellow solid (260 mg, 73%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.74 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 2H)

Step 4: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2- (5-amino-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl) -isoindole-1,3-dione. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2. 31 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 418.1 (M + 1).

Compound 322

1- (5-Aminomethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

1 [5- (1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl) pyrazine-2- in 380 μL of 95% EtOH and 100 μL of DMF at room temperature in a sealed reaction vessel. To a stirred solution of il] -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea (16 mg, 38 μmol) was added hydrazine monohydrate (3.8 μL, 76 μmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, a white precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered off, dried and triturated with EtOAc to remove phthalimide-based impurities, whereby the product was obtained as a white solid (7.9 mg, 72%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.54 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 2H), 4.39 (br s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H). LRLCMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 288.2 (M + 1).

Compound 323

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (6-methoxy-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1:2-amino-6-methoxypyrazine. To a stirred solution of methanol (89 μL, 2.2 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added sodium hydride (53 mg, 2.2 mmol). After stirring for 30 minutes, 2-amino-6-chloropyrazine (258 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 90 ° C. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 x 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO₄) Filtered. The crude product was purified using a Biotage 12i cartridge, eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate (3: 1) to give a white solid (yield 11%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-6-methoxypyrazine (yield 8%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d , 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 289.10 (M + 1).

Compound 324

1- (6-benzyloxy-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1:2-amino-6-benzyloxypyrazine. To a stirred solution of benzyl alcohol (432 μL, 4.0 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added sodium hydride (96 mg, 4.0 mmol). After stirring for 30 minutes, 2-amino-6-chloropyrazine (258 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added and the reaction heated to 90 ° C. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 x 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO₄) Filtered. The crude product was purified using a Biotage 12i cartridge, eluted with hexane and ethyl acetate (3: 1) to give a white solid (yield 33%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-6-benzyloxypyrazine (yield 34%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.99 (s, 1H), 9.18 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 7.41 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 365.10 (M + 1).

Compound 325

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methoxy-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Stirring of 1- (5-bromo-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea (47 mg, 0.14 mmol) in N-methyl pyrrolidinone (300 μL) To the solution was added sodium methoxide (0.5 mmol). The reaction was heated to 100 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours, then the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, then washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 30 mL) and brine (30 mL). , Dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The crude product was purified using a 0.5 mm prep preparative plate eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate (1: 1) to give a yellow solid (yield 13%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 289.10 (M + I).

Compound 326

1- (5-ethynyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5-alkynylpyrazine

5-bromo-2-aminopyrazine (432 mg, 2.5 mmol), Pd (Ph ₃ P) ₂ Cl ₂ (91 mg, 0.13 mmol), CuI (1.2 g, 6.5 mmol) in triethylamine (8 mL) To the stirred solution of TMS-acetylene was added. The reaction was stirred at 60 ° C. for 12 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried and (MgSO ₄ ) filtered. The crude product was diluted with 1 mL of methanol and sodium hydroxide (10 mL of 1 N aqueous solution). After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 x 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The crude product was purified using a biotage 12L column eluting with methylene chloride and methanol (98: 2) to yield an off-white solid (yield 40%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-5-alkynylpyrazine (yield 20%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 9.80 (br s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d , 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 283.10 (M + 1).

Compound 327

1- (5-ethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5-ethylpyrazine

Triethylamine (63 μL, 0.45 mmol) and Pd (OH) ₂ (0.01 mmol, 20 weights on carbon) in a stirred solution of 5-ethynyl-2-aminopyrazine (178 mg, 0.151 mmol) in ethyl acetate (500 μL) %) Was added. The reaction was then placed under 45 psi of hydrogen atmosphere and stirred for 6 hours. The reaction was then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an off-white solid (yield 84%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-5-ethylpyrazine (yield 27%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.81 (q, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 287.21 (M + l).

Compound 328:

1- (5-cyano-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5-cyanopyrazine

5-bromo-2-aminopyrazine (1.0 g, 5.8 mmol), CuI (2.76 g, 14.5 mmol), 18-crown-6 (121 mg, 0.46 mmol) in dimethylformamide (20 mL), potassium cyanide ( To the stirred solution of 943 mg, 14.5 mmol) was added Pd (PPh ₃ ) ₄ (196 mg, 0.17 mmol). After stirring for 20 minutes at room temperature, the reaction was placed in an oil bath at 155 ° C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and then poured into chloroform (300 mL). A precipitate formed which was filtered and triturated with hexane to give an off-white solid (yield 60%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method usually described for compound 310 using 2-amino-5-cyanopyrazine (30% yield). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 283.91 (M + 1).

Compound 329

1- (5-benzoyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 5-benzoyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid

FeSO ₄ 7H in a stirred, cooled (0 ° C.) solution of 2-pyrazine carboxylic acid (3.0 g, 24.2 mmol) and benzaldehyde (7.4 mL, 73 mmol) in a 50% aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (40 mL) and 25 mL of acetic acid. ₂ O (20.3 g, 73 mmol, dissolved in 50 mL of water) and t-butyl peroxide (9.2 mL, 73 mmol) were added simultaneously. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction was treated with 200 mL of water. A precipitate formed which was filtered and washed with methylene chloride (3 x 100 mL) to give a tan solid (yield 36%).

Step 2: 1- (5-benzoyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Diphenyl phosphoryl azide (860 μL, 4.0) in a stirred solution of 5-benzoyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (912 mg, 4.0 mmol) and triethylamine (584 μL, 4.2 mmol) in toluene (12 mL). mmol) was added. The reaction was then stirred for 30 minutes and then t-butanol (764 μL, 8.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was then heated to 90 ° C. and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. This material was purified using a biotage 40M cartridge eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate (1: 1) to give an off-white solid (yield 14%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.41 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, 2H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.52 (t, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 363.21 (M + 1).

Compound 330

1- [5- (hydroxy-phenyl-methyl) pyrazin-2-yl] -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Sodium borohydra in a stirred solution of 1- (5-benzoyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea (22 mg, 0.061 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) Id (10 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added. After stirring for 12 hours, the reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), then dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. The filtered material was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a white solid (91% yield). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.48 (br s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 5.85 (d, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 365.24 (M + 1).

Compound 331

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (6-phenyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Suzuki way

Step 1: Cesium carbonate (2.28) in a stirred solution of 2-amino-6-chloropyrazine (400 mg, 3.1 mmol) and phenyl boric acid (415 mg, 3.4 mmol) in dioxane (6 mL) and ethanol (3 mL). g, 7.0 mmol in 3 mL of water) and Pd (PPh ₃ ) ₄ (185 mg, 0.16 mmol) were added sequentially. The reaction was then heated to 75 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled to rt and diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO 4) and filtered. The material was then purified using a biotage 40M cartridge eluting with ethyl acetate to give an off-white solid (yield 84%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-6-phenylpyrazine (yield 33%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.11 (br s, 1H), 8.612 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8. 24 (s, 1H), 8. 14 (s, 1H) , 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 355.6 (M + 1).

Compound 332

1- (3-Bromo-5-phenyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-Amino-3-bromo-5-phenylpyrazine

In a stirred solution of 3,5-dibromo-2-aminopyrazine (200 mg, 0.79 mmol) and phenyl boric acid (106 mg, 0.87 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) 571 mg, 1.75 mmol in 2 mL water) and Pd (PPh ₃ ) ₄ (46 mg, 0.04 mmol) were added sequentially. The reaction was then heated to 75 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled to rt and diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO 4) and filtered. The material was then purified using a biotage 12L cartridge, eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate (3: 1) to give a white solid (yield 88%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-3-bromo-5-phenylpyrazine (yield 33%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, 2H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 6.85 (dd, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 413. 2 415.2 (M + l).

Compound 333

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3- (5-phenyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 2-amino-5-phenylpyrazine

To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-5-phenyl-2-amino pyrazine (80 mg, 0.32 mmol) in ethyl acetate (1 mL) triethylamine (139 μL, 1.0 mmol) and Pd (OH) ₂ (10 mg) , 20% by weight on carbon) was added. The reaction was placed under hydrogen atmosphere at 45 psi and stirred for 7 acid. The reaction was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified using biotage 12L eluting with ethyl acetate to give an off-white solid (yield 75%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-5-phenylpyrazine (yield 25%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.28 (br s , 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2. 33 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 335.21 (M + 1).

Compound 334

1- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea

Step 1: To 2-chloroquinoxaline (1.0 g, 6 mmol) was added ammonia (2 M solution, 8 mL) in methanol. The reaction was sealed in a vial, heated to 80 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled to rt and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methylene chloride and filtered. Hexane was added until a precipitate formed and the precipitate was filtered, which turned out to be the desired product (yield 5%).

Step 2: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using quinoxalin-2-ylamine (yield 26%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.63 (br s, 1H), 10.59 (br s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.81 ( m, 2H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 309.4 (M + 1).

Compound 335

1- (3,6-dimethyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- (2-methoxy-5-methyl-phenyl) urea

Step 1: 2-azido-3,6-dimethylpyrazine

To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-3,5-dimethyl pyrazine (1.0 mL, 8.3 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added sodium azide (539 mg, 8.3 mmol). The reaction was heated to 100 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours, then the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, then washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL). , Dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. This material was purified using a biotage 12L cartridge eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate (3: 1) to yield an off-white solid (yield 42%).

Step 2: 2-amino-3,6-dimethylpyrazine

To a stirred solution of 3-azido-2,5-dimethyl pyrazine (100 mg, 0.66 mmol) in methanol (800 μL) was added 12N HCl (100 μL) and dichloromethane dihydrate (149 mg, 0.66 mmol). The reaction was heated to 60 ° C. and stirred for 12 hours, then the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, then washed with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (1 × 50 mL) and brine (50 mL). , Dried (MgSO ₄ ) and filtered. This material was purified using a biotage 12i cartridge eluting with ethyl acetate to give an off-white solid (yield 38%).

Step 3: Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 310 using 2-amino-3,6-dimethylpyrazine (yield 15%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.22 (br s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s , 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). LRMS (ESI, Positive) m / e 287. 20 (M + l).

Compound 336

Step 1: 2-methoxy-4-methoxymethyl-1-nitro-benzene

38 g (117 mmol, 3 equivalents) of finely divided cesium carbonate in a 250 mL round bottom flask containing 5.4 g (39 mmol) of 3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzyl alcohol in 30 mL of THF and 30 mL of DMF And 24 mL (390 mmol, 10 equiv) of iodomethane were added sequentially. The mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h and then partitioned between 100 mL of water and 100 mL of diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 × 100 mL) and the organic extracts were synthesized, washed with brine (2 × 50 mL), dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered through a short silica plug and then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 1: 1 EtOAc-hexanes to give 6.76 g (88%) of methyl ether as a yellow oil (6.76 g, 88%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.84, (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H) 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H).

Step 2: 2-methoxy-4-methoxymethyl-phenylamine

In a 250 mL Parr apparatus, 2.0 g (10.6 mmol) of 2-methoxy-4-methoxymethyl-1-nitro-benzene in 40 mL of ethanol was added over 300 mg of 10% Pd / C under 2 atmospheres of 2.5 hours. Hydrogenated. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a glass fiber filter and the filtrate was concentrated to give the product as pale yellow oil (1.61 g, 91%). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.35 (s, 2H) , 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.78 (br d, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H). MS ESI-pos, M + l = 168.1

Step 3: 1- (2-methoxy-4-methoxymethyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Conventional diphenylphosphoryl azide binding method: To a solution of 50methylpyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (365 mg, 2.64 mmol) in 20 mL of anhydrous toluene is added diisopropylethylamine (483 μL, 2.77 mmol) and The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solid dissolved. Diphenylphosphoryl azide was then added and the solution was heated to 90 ° C. After 20 minutes the evolution of N ₂ ceased and the caramel reaction mixture was cooled to 60 ° C. before adding 2-methoxy-4-methoxymethylaniline in solution in 4 mL toluene. After stirring at 60 ° C. for 6 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 20 mL of 5% NH ₄ OH and extracted with EtOAc (3 × 50 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with 20 mL of water and 20 mL of brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The flash residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluted with 5% MeOH in CH ₂ Cl ₂ ) to afford 210 mg (27%) of the desired product. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.36 (s, 1H), 9.47, (s, 1H) 8.40, (s, 1H), 8. 31 (s, 1H), 8. 08 (s, 1H) , 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H). MS ESI-pos M + 1 = 303. 2

Compound 337

1- (4-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 4-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-1-nitro-benzene

To a stirred suspension of finely divided cesium carbonate (8.0 g, 24.5 mmol) was added 3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzyl alcohol (1.5 g, 8.18 mmol) and benzyl bromide (2 mL, 16.4 mmol) sequentially. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, the suspension was diluted with 100 mL of diethyl ether, washed with 3 x 50 mL of water and then with 50 mL of brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered through a plug of silica and then concentrated. The resulting orange oil was eluted with 2: 1 hexanes-EtOAc and purified by flash chromatography to yield 1.87 g (84%) of benzyl ether. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.85 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H) 7.3-7.4 (m, SH), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2 H), 4.59 (s, 2 H), 3.96 (s, 3 H).

Step 2: 4-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-phenylamine

A solution of 4-nitro-3-methoxybenzylbenzyl ether (2.2 g, 8.1 mmol) and ammonium acetate (2.46 g, 32 mmol, 4 equiv) in 30 mL of MeOH was stirred at 0 ° C. and 1.3 g (20 mmol) , 2.5 equivalents) of zinc powder was added several times. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was partitioned between 40 mL of water and 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried over MgSO ₄ and concentrated. The residue was used directly in the next step without further purification. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.35 (m, 5H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 6. 3 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H) , 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 2H). MS ESI-pos, M + 1 = 244.2.

Step 3: 1- (4-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Prepared according to the conventional diphenylphosphoryl azide binding method described above for compound 336. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.36, (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 7. 8 Hz, 1H), 8. 09 (s, 1H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 6.97, (s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 4H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s, 3H).). MS APCIpos, M + 1 = 379. 3

Compound 338

1- {4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl bromide

In a 250 mL round bottom flask containing 10 g (54.6 mmol) of 4-nitro-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol in 30 mL of THF, 36 g (109 mmol, 2 equivalents) of carbon tetrabromide and 15.9 g at 0 ° C. (60 mmol, 1.1 equiv) of triphenylphosphine was added sequentially. The mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 3 h, then the solvent was removed and the residue was eluted with 10:90 EtOAc-hexane to purify via flash chromatography to give 11 g (82%) of the product as a yellow solid. Got it. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.84 (m, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H).

Step 2: N-benzyl-N- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) -amine

In a 150 mL round bottom flask containing 1.97 g (8.0 mmol) of 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl bromide in 20 mL of THF, 2.4 g (24 mmol, 3 equivalents) of triethylamine and 2.5 g (24 mmol, 3 equivalents) of benzylamine were added sequentially. The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and then partitioned between 50 mL of ethyl acetate and brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO ₄ and concentrated. The residue was eluted with 1-4% MeOH in dichloromethane and purified via flash chromatography to yield 1.6 g (73%) of benzyl amine as a yellow oil. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 5H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H).

Step 3: benzyl- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester

In a 150 mL round bottom flask containing 0.92 g (3.4 mmol, 1 equivalent) of N-benzyl-N- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) amine in 2 mL of dichloromethane, Boc anhydride (0.74 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 equiv) was added and stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between 40 mL of water and 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried over MgSO ₄ and concentrated. No further purification was necessary. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.81 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 6H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.39 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H).

Steps 4 to 6: 1- {4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) -methyl] -2-methoxy-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Benzyl- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) carbamic acid t-butyl ester was reduced to the corresponding aniline according to the conventional hydrogenation method described above for compound 336. Crude aniline was used in the binding step as follows: 5-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (34.5 mg, 0.25 mmol) and added triethylamine (28 mg, 0.275 mmol) in 5 mL of anhydrous toluene. The solution was stirred at room temperature until the solids dissolved. Diphenylphosphoryl azide (62 mg, 0.225 mmol) was then added and the solution was heated to 90 ° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction vessel was then transferred to a 60 ° C. oil bath and aniline (0.25 mmol) was added in solution in 2 mL of toluene. After stirring at 60 ° C. for 4.5 h, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc and washed sequentially with saturated NaHCO ₃ and brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by preparative TLC eluting with 5% MeOH in CH ₂ Cl ₂ to afford the desired urea. Boc protecting amine in 15 mL of CH ₂ Cl ₂ was treated with EtOAc (50 mL) to remove the Boc group and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed sequentially with 20 mL of saturated NaHCO ₃ and 20 mL of brine. The organic phase was then dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give the free amine. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.21 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H) , 7.36 (s, 6H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.21 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 2.52 ( s, 3 H), 2.13 (s, 1 H). MS APCI-pos, M + 1 = 377.9

Compound 339

1- (2-methoxy-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1 + 2: (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) -methyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester

In a manner similar to that described above for similar benzyl derivative compound 338, 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl bromide was alkylated with methylamine and the resulting secondary amine was protected in the form of Boc derivatives. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 7 H), 2.85 (s, 3 H), 1.53 (s, 9 H).

Step 3: (4-Amino-3-methoxy-benzyl) -methyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester

In a 250 mL Parr apparatus, 0.98 g (3.5 mmol) of (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) -methyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester in 40 mL of ethanol over 300 mg of 10% Pd / C Hydrogenated at 2 atmospheres for 15 minutes. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a glass fiber filter and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product as pale yellow oil. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 6.69 (m, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 9H).

Step 4 + 5: 1- (2-methoxy-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

The (4-amino-3-methoxy-benzyl) -methyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester solution was converted to urea according to the conventional diphenylphosphoryl azide binding method described in detail in compound 336. The Boc group was removed as detailed in compound 338. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.91 (s, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H) , 6.85 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 301.8.

Compound 340

1- {4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: N-benzyl-N- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) methyl-amine

N-methyl-benzylamine solution was alkylated with 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl bromide as detailed in compound 338. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.83 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (s, 4H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 4H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

Step 2: 4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenylamine

Conventional nickel boron reduction method: NaBH ₄ (130 mg, 3.45 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of nickel chloride hexahydrate (820 mg, 3.45 mmol) in 12 mL of EtOH and 3 mL of THF at 0 ° C. The resulting black suspension was stirred at 0 ° C. while N-benzyl- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) -methyl aniline was added in solution in 5 mL THF. After a few minutes, 260 mg of NaBH ₄ was added in several portions over 10 minutes and then the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 hours, TLC showed complete conversion to a new, more polar product. At this point, 1.5 mL of 5% NH ₄ OH was added and the reaction stirred for about 10 minutes until the particles of black solid became homogeneous. The reaction was then filtered through a glass fiber filter while rinsing with THF. The clear colorless filtrate was concentrated to about 1/4 volume, diluted with 30 mL of water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered through a short silica plug and concentrated in vacuo to yield 575 mg (65%) of the desired product as an off-white solid. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.73 (br. S, 2H) 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H). MS (APCI-pos) M + l = 256.9

Step 3: 1- {4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

In a 50 mL round bottom flask, 5-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (250 mg, 1.8 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (330 μL, 1.9 mmol) in 20 mL of toluene were dissolved until nitrogen was dissolved. Stirred under atmosphere. Diphenyl phosphoryl azide (523 mg, 1.9 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 90 ° C. After 20 minutes, nitrogen evolution ceased and the color of this solution darkened to a caramel color. The reaction was cooled to 65 ° C. and 4-[(benzyl-methyl-amino) methyl] -2-methoxy-phenylamine (486 mg, 1.9 mmol) was added in solution in 5 mL toluene. The reaction was then stirred for 6 h at 65 ° C., then cooled to rt, diluted with 30 mL of EtOAc and washed with 15 mL of 5% NH ₄ OH. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 × 20 mL) and the combined organics washed with 30 mL of brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was further purified by trituration with diethyl ether. Mp = 142-143 degreeC. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.33 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.27.4 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H) 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H) . ¹³ C NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ): δ 153.70, 149.03, 147.48, 147.4, 145.99, 138.73, 137.38, 134.81, 129.19, 128.42, 127.16, 121.89, 119.81, 111.05, 104.49, 94.98, 87.22, 61.37. 42.5. MS (APCI-pos) M + 1 = 392.0.

Compound 341

1- (4-dimethylaminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) dimethyl-amine

According to the method described in compound 338, 3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl bromide was treated with dimethyl amine to afford the desired product. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.86 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.5 (s, 2H), 2. 3 (s, 6H).

Step 2: 4-dimethylaminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenylamine

According to the nickel boride method described in compound 340, (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) dimethyl-amine was reduced to the corresponding aniline, which was used in the next step without further characterization.

Step 3: 1- (4-Dimethylaminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

According to the diphenylphosphoryl azide method described above in compound 336, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenylamine was converted to (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC, eluting with 5% MeOH in CH ₂ Cl ₂ . ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.21 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H) , 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H). MS APCI Pos, M + 1 = 316. 0.

Compound 342

1- (4-aminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

Step 1: 2- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) -isoindole-1,3-dione

In a 250 mL round bottom flask containing 10 g (55 mmol) of 4-nitro-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol in 150 mL of THF, diethylazodicarboxylate (8.03 g, 54.6 mmol, 1 at 0 ° C). Equivalent) and triphenylphosphine (15.0 g, 57.3 mmol), followed by 11.6 g of phthalimide (57.3 mmol). The reaction was then slowly warmed to room temperature overnight. A white precipitate formed, which was collected by suction filtration. Recrystallization from acetonitrile gave 13.8 g (81%) of the desired product. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.79 (m, 5H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 3.87 ( s, 3H).

Step 2: 2- (4-amino-3-methoxy-benzyl) -isoindole-1,3-dione

Partially dissolved suspension of 2- (3-methoxy-4-nitro-benzyl) isoindole-1,3-dione (1.50 g, 4.80 mmol) in 100 mL EtOH and 30 mL THF in a 500 mL Parr vessel. Was hydrogenated over 250 mg of 10% Pd-C for 1 hour under 2.5 atmospheres. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a glass fiber filter, and the clear pale yellow filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The product was washed with 30 mL of diethyl ether and collected via suction filtration to give 1.28 g (95%) of aniline as fine pale green needles. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.9 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H).

Step 3: Conventional Acyl Azide Binding

1- [4- (1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl) -2-methoxy-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) Urea

In a 50 mL round bottom flask, a solution of 5-methyl-2-pyrazine-2-carbonyl azide (510 mg, 3.15 mmol) in 15 mL of anhydrous toluene was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction flask was immersed in a 90 ° C. oil bath and when the internal temperature reached about 90 ° C., N ₂ was released and the solution color began to darken. After 20 minutes foaming stopped and the color of the solution darkened to caramel color. The reaction flask was then transferred to 65 ° C. and 2- (4-amino-3-methoxy-benzyl) isoindole-1,3-dione (884 mg, 3.15 mmol) suspended in toluene was added. The reaction was stirred at 65 ° C. for 6 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After cooling to room temperature, the product precipitated out of solution and the precipitate was collected via suction filtration.

If the product did not precipitate out of the reaction mixture, the following procedure was applied: After cooling to room temperature the brown solution was diluted with 5% aqueous NH ₄ OH solution and extracted with EtOAc (3 times). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was then purified by flash chromatography in a suitable solvent system.

Step 4: 1- (4-Aminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea

In a 100 mL round bottom flask, 1- [4- (1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl) -2-methoxy- in 22 mL of EtOH under a nitrogen atmosphere. A suspension of phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea (620 mg, 1.48 mmol) was warmed to 70 ° C. with stirring. Hydrazine monohydrate (1.4 mL) was added and the reaction stirred at 70 ° C. After 10 minutes, the reaction became a fully homogeneous caramel color solution. After a few more minutes, the product began to precipitate out of solution. After 20 minutes, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the white solid product was collected via suction filtration. The crude product containing some phthalhydrazide byproduct was dissolved in 80 mL of EtOAc and washed with water (3 × 20 mL). The wash was extracted again with 30 mL of EtOAc, the combined organics washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 400 mg (94%) of the desired amine. Mp = 168-169 degreeC. ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.88 (br.s, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8. 21 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 ( s, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H) 1.80 (br. s, 2H, NH2). MS (APCIpos) M-17 (-NH3) = 270.1 apci-neg M-1 = 285. 8.

Alkyl Derivatives Of Compound 342

Compound 343

1- (4-aminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea (0.25 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and 1 mL trimethylorthoformate in 4 mL of MeOH After the solution was stirred at room temperature, thiophene-2-carboxaldehyde (2.5 mmol, 10 equiv) was added and the mixture was heated at 80 ° C. After 18 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting imine was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous MeOH and stirred at 0 ° C. Sodium borohydride (0.75 mmol, 3 equiv) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0 ° C. for 30 min, then diluted with 2 mL of water and then partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and 30 mL of NaHCO ₃ . The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. If necessary, the product was purified by chromatography, eluting with a suitable MeOH-CH ₂ Cl ₂ mixture.

1- (2-methoxy-4-{[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl) -amino] -methyl} -phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR ( 400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10.01 (s, 2H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H) , 7. 33 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 1 H), 2.43 (s, 3 H). MS APCI-Pos No detectable molecular ions.

Compound 344

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using thiophene-3-carboxaldehyde.

1- (2-methoxy-4-{[(thiophen-3-ylmethyl) amino] methyl} phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.92 (s, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.81 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7. 3 (s, 1H ), 7. 11 (d, J = 4.88 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 7.81 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Neg, M-1 = 382.0.

Compound 345

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using perfural.

1- (4-{[(furan-2-ylmethyl) amino] methyl} -2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.1 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Neg, M-1 = 366.0.

Compound 346

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using furan-3-carboxaldehyde.

1- (4-{[(furan-3-ylmethyl) amino] methyl} -2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Neg, M-1 = 366.0

Compound 347

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using 2-methoxybenzaldehyde.

1- {2-methoxy-4-[(2-methoxy-benzylamino) methyl] -phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 11.3 (s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.06 ( s, 1H), 6.88 (m, 3H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 5H), 3.81 (s, 5H), 2.5 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 407. 8.

Compound 348

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using 3-methoxybenzaldehyde.

1- {2-methoxy-4-[(3-methoxy-benzylamino) methyl] -phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 8. 61 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H) , 6.91 (m, 3H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 4H), 2.48 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Neg, M-1 = 406. 0

Compound 349

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 343 using 4-methoxybenzaldehyde.

1- {2-methoxy-4-[(4-methoxy-benzylamino) methyl] -phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.91 (s, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.81 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.78 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 407.9.

Acyl derivatives

Compound 350

A solution of 1- (4-aminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) in 30 mL of THF and 15 mL of NaHCO ₃ aqueous solution Was treated with 3.7 mmol (1.05 equiv) of acetyl chloride. The ideal reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature, after 2 h, diluted with 10 mL of water and extracted with EtOAc (3 × 20 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ and filtered through a short silica plug. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether. If necessary, further purification was performed by flash chromatography eluting with a suitable methanol-CH ₂ Cl ₂ solvent system.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} acetamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9. 92 (s, 2H) , 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.28 (t, J = 5.87 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.78 ( d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (s, 1H), 4.18 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 3H). MS ESI-pos, M + 1 = 330.2.

Compound 351

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using methoxyacetyl chloride.

2-methoxy-N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} acetamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.51 (s , 2H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.89 (t, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.38 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 4.2 (s, 1H), 4.19 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 359.9.

Compound 352

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using dimethylamino-acetyl chloride.

2-dimethylamino-N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} acetamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 8.56 (s , 1H), 8. 18 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H) , 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 6H). MS APCI-Neg, M-1 = 370.9

Compound 353

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using 2- (2-pyridyl) acetyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} -2-pyridin-2-yl-acetamide ¹ H-NMR (400MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.94 (s, 2H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.63 (t, J = 5.87 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (d, J = 10.17 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (q, J = 5.74 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 9.39 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos M + 1 = 407.1.

Compound 354

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) acetyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} -2- (4-methoxy-phenyl) acetamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.94 (s, 2H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.54 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, IH), 8.08 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 2H), 7.89 ( m, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 3H), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H ), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS (APCI-Pos) M + 1 = 436. 2.

Compound 355

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using benzoyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzyl} -benzamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.95 (s, 2H), 9.02 (t, J = 5.48 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.1 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.9 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 10.17 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s , 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 391.9.

Compound 356

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride.

Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzylamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.94 (s, 2H ), 9.29 (t, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.65 (m, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 3H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (s, 1H), 4.45 (s, 1H), 3.88 (s, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos No detectable molecular ions.

Compound 357

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using nicotinoyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} nicotinamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 10 (s, 2H), 9.26 (t, J = 5.87 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 2H), 8.16 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 4.51 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s , 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M-1 = 397.9.

Compound 358

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using isicotinoyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} isonicotinamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.92 (s, 2H) , 9.27 (t, J = 5.87 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 6. 3 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 3.86 ( s, 3 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H). MS APCI-pos No detectable molecular ions.

Compound 359

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride.

Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzylamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.96 (s, 2H), 9.03 (t, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 3.91 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.91 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 10.17 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCIpos, M-1 = 397.9.

Compound 360

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using 4-dimethylamino-2-carbonyl chloride.

3-dimethylamino-N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} benzamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.94 ( s, 2H), 8.9 (t, J = 5.87 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (s, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H ), 2.93 (s, 6H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-pos, M + 1 = 434.9.

Compound 361

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 350 using 1-phenyl-4-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl chloride.

1-phenyl-4-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzylamide ¹ H -NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.96 (s, 2H), 9.09 (t, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (m, 6H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H) , 3.9 (s, 3 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H). MS TIC-pos M + 1 = 526.2.

Sulfonylated derivatives

Compound 362

1- (4-aminomethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea (0.25 mmol, 1.0 equiv), 4-dimethylaminopyridine in THF (5 mL) 5 mg), diisopropylethylamine (36 mg, 0.275 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was prepared and thiophene-2-sulfonyl chloride (0.275 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt and the reaction was partitioned between EtOAc (75 mL) and saturated NaHCO ₃ . After separating the layers, the organic layer was washed with water, saturated brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was eluted with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane and purified by flash chromatography and triturated with ether to give the purified product.

Thiophen-2-sulfonic acid 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzylamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.96 (s, 2H) , 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.33 (t, J = 7.04 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 4. 7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 3. 91 Hz, 1H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 6.8 (t, J = 7.04 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 1H ), 4.03 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 433. 9.

Compound 363

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 362 using benzenesulfonyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} benzenesulfonamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.95 (s, 2H) , 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8. 13 (t, J = 6.26 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (m, 3H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, 7 = 8.61 Hz, lH), 3.96 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H ), 2.42 (s, 3 H). MS APCI-Pos, M + l = 428. 2.

Compound 364

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 362 using 2-trifluoromethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride.

N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} -2-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.94 (s, 2H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8. 38 (s, 1H), 8.2t (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (m, 1H) ), 7.72 (t, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 10.17 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (s , 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 512.0.

Compound 365

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 362 using 3-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride.

3-methoxy-N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} -benzenesulfonamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.92 (s, 2H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8. 01 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 7.83 Hz , 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 458.0.

Compound 366

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 362 using 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride.

4-methoxy-N- {3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzyl} -benzenesulfonamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.93 (s, 2H), 8. 74 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.61 Hz , 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 9.39 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 2 39 (s, 3 H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 458.2.

Compound 367

Prepared according to the conventional method described in compound 362 using pyridine-2-sulfonyl chloride.

Pyridine-2-sulfonic acid 3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] -benzylamide ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ₃ ) δ 9.91 (s, 2H) , 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.1 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H). MS APCI-Pos, M + 1 = 428. 9

Another preferred compound of the invention

N- (2-dimethylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide,

N- (1-aza-bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide,

N- (3-R-1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide,

1- [2- (2-dimethylamino-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea,

1- [2- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] urea,

1- [2- (2-dimethylamino-1-dimethylaminomethyl-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (2-S-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- {5-methyl-2- [2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- {5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (S) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (R) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-2-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea,

1- [5-methyl-2- (piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea,

1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea,

1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea,

1- [4-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea,

1- (2-methoxy-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea,

1- (4-{[(furan-3-ylmethyl) amino] methyl} -2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea and

1- {2-methoxy-4-[(4-methoxy-benzylamino) methyl] phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea.

Example 15

Identification of Chk1 Inhibitors

Human Chk1 cDNA was identified and cloned as described in international application PCT / US98 / 18558 (filed Apr. 1998). The FLAG® tag was inserted into a frame having an amino terminus of full length Chk1. The 5 'primers include the EcoRI site, Kozak sequence, and also encode the FLAG® tag for affinity purification using an M2 antibody (Sigma, St. Louis, Ill.). 3 ′ primers include SalI sites. PCR expanded segments were cloned into pCI-Neo as an EcoRI-SalI segment (Infitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif. ) , And then subcuted into pFastBacI (Gibb-BRL, Bethesda, MD ) as an EcoRI-NotI segment. Cloned. Subsequently, recombinant baculoviruses were prepared as described in the Gibco-BRL Bac-to-Bac instructions, which were then subjected to CCM3 media (Logan, Utah, USA) for the expression of Chk1 protein with FLAG® tag. Hyclonal Laboratories) was used to infect proliferated Sf-9 cells.

Chk1 with FLAG® tag was purified from frozen pellets of baculovirus infected SF9 cells. The frozen cell pellet was 100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 200 mM NaCl, 50 mM B-glycerophosphate, 25 mM NaF, 4 mM MgCl ₂ , 0.5 mM EGTA, 0.2% TWEEN®-20 Was mixed with the same amount of 2X lysis buffer containing 2 mM sodium vanadate, 2 mM DTT and a protease inhibitor cocktail (complete mini, Schöllinger Mannheim 2000 Catalog # 1836170). The cells were then down 20 times using a loose mortar of the Downs homogenizer and centrifuged at 48,400 × g for 1 hour. The M2 affinity was pretreated three times with 10 column volumes of 50 mM glycine (pH 3.5), 20 mM Tris (pH 7.5) and 150 mM NaCl three times, and finally washed with Tris NaCl. The column was then washed with 25 column volumes of 20 mM Tris (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% TWEEN®-20, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM EDTA and 1X complete mini protease tablets. . Clear lysates were then batch bound to M2 affinity resin for 4 hours at 4 ° C. The mixture of resin and lysate was then poured onto the column and the flow recovered. The resin was washed with 10 column volumes of 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, and 3 mM N-octyl glucoside. Chk1 with FLAG® tag was then subjected to 6 column volumes of cooled 20 mM Tris (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl, 0.5 mg / mL FLAG® peptide (Sigma, 2000 Catalog # F). -3290) was eluted from the column using 3 mM N-octyl glocoside. These fractions were collected and analyzed for the presence of Chk1 with FLAG tag.

100 ng of purified FLAG®-Chk1 (150 pmol ATP / min), 20 μm Cdc25C peptide (H-leu-tyr-arg-ser-pro-ser-met-pro-glu-asn-leu) -asn-arg-arg-arg-arg-OH) (SEQ ID NO: 1), 400 μm ATP, 2 μCi [ ³² P] -gATP, 20 mM Hepes (pH 7.2), 5 mM MgCl ₂ , Protein kinases were used to develop assays for Chk1 kinase activity with 0.1% NP40 and 1 mM DTT. About 100,000 small molecule inhibitors were selected using this assay. The reaction was initiated by addition of the ATP containing reaction mixture and run at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was stopped by adding phosphoric acid (final concentration of 150 mL) and transferred to phosphocellulose disks. The phosphocellulose disks were washed five times with 150 mM phosphoric acid and then air dried. The scintillation liquid was added and the disk was measured on a wall flash counter. The screen identified a number of Chk1 inhibitors with IC ₅₀ values of 1-100 μM.

Example 16

Selectivity of Chk1 Kinase Inhibitors

Chk1 inhibitors of the invention may comprise one or more other protein kinases, namely DNA-PK, CDc2, casein kinase I (CKI), Chk2, p38 MAP kinase, protein kinase A (PKA) and calcium-chalmodulin protein kinase II (CaM KII In terms of selectivity to Assays for all these kinases except Chk2 are already described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60 / 229,899 (filed September 1, 2000) and U.S. Patent Application No. 08 / 184,605 (filed April 1,199), which are incorporated herein by reference. It has been described. The activity of the compound on Chk2 was determined as follows: 128 ng of purified His-labeled Chk2 was purified by 4 mM ATP, 1 mCi [32P] g-ATP, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 5 mM MgCl ₂ And incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes with up to 100 mM Chk1 inhibitor in the presence of 0.25% NP40. The reaction was stopped by adding the final concentration of 150 mM phosphoric acid, and 5/8 of the reaction mixture was transferred to phosphocellulose disks. The disc was washed five times with 150 mM phosphoric acid and then air dried. Scintillation was added and radioactivity was measured using a Wallac Beta instrument. P38 MAP kinase, PKA, CaM KII and Cdc2 were purchased from New England Biolabs, using 4-50 μM of ATP, and tested at 100 μM of Chk1 inhibitor concentration and measured according to the manufacturer's instructions. All inhibitors tested were found to be at least five times more selective for Chk1 than the rest of the enzyme.

Example 17

Chk1 Inhibitors Inhibit Intracellular Chk1 Function

Chk1 was activated against ionizing radiation and certain chemical DNA damaging agents. Chk1 was activated in the presence of DNA damage and cell cycle arrest was induced. In mammalian cells, the best characterized cell cycle arrest caused by Chk1 was G2 inhibition. Chk2 activation by DNA damage results in phosphorylation and inactivation of Cdc25C, a bispecific phosphatase that normally dephosphorylates cyclin B / cdc2 as cells undergo mitosis (Funari et al. , Science, 1997.9). .5; 277 (5331) 1495-7; Sanchez et al .; Matsuoka et al .; And Blashina et al .; This negative regulation of Cdc2 activity results in cell cycle arrest, preventing the cell from progressing to mitosis in the presence of DNA damage or unreplicated DNA. Thus, inhibiting Chk1 allows cells to progress through the cell cycle in the presence of DNA damage of unreplicated DNA.

To establish that Chk1 inhibitors interfere with intracellular Chk1 function, inhibitors were tested by molecular cytology analysis. Since mammalian Chk1 has been found to phosphorylate Cdc25C in vitro (which suggests that Chk1 negatively regulates cyclin B / cdc2 against DNA damage), the Chk1 inhibitor is responsible for the activity of cyclin B / cdc2. The ability to improve The experiment was planned as follows: HeLa cells were irradiated at 800 rads and incubated at 37 ° C. for 7 hours. Because these cells are p53 negative in function, they only act as inhibitors in G2. Nocodazole was then added to a concentration of 0.5 μg / mL and incubated at 37 ° C. for 15 hours. The addition of nocodazole is intended to capture all cells that progress to M through G2 inhibition. Finally, Chk1 inhibitor was added for 8 hours, cells were harvested and lysed, and then the same amount of protein was immunologically precipitated with antibody against cyclin B1 (New England Biolabs) as suggested by the manufacturer. Histone H1 kinase activity was then measured, and IP was analyzed in terms of cyclin B related cdc2 kinase activity {J Biol Chem. 11/11/1998; 273 (50): 33455-64}. The results demonstrate that Compound 29 overcomes IR-induced inactivation of cyclin B / Cdc2.

In addition, experiments were conducted regardless of whether the Chk1 inhibitor abolished the IR-induced G2 DNA damage checkpoint, as measured by the mitotic index. HeLa cells (about 1 × 10 ⁶ ) were treated as described above. Cells were collected by centrifugation, washed once with PBS, then resuspended in 2.5 mL of 75 mL KCl and centrifuged again. The cells were then fixed in 3 mL freshly prepared cold acetic acid: methanol (1: 3) and then incubated for 20 minutes on ice. Cells were pelleted and the fixative solution was aspirated and then resuspended in 0.5 mL PBS. 100 μL of the immobilized cells were deposited on a glass microscope slide using a pipette and filled with 1 ml of fixative solution to prepare a mitotic spread. The slides were then air dried, dyed for one minute with Wright dye (Sigma), then washed once with water and then once with 50% methanol. Mitotic cells were identified through the presence of condensed chromosomes and the lack of nuclear sheaths. Compounds 12 and 29 both showed an increase in mitotic cell numbers in the presence of radiation, demonstrating the abolition of IR induced G2 arrest.

Upon elimination of the IR-induced G2 checkpoint, the cells could possibly continue the cell cycle in the presence of DNA damage, as evidenced by analysis of DNA content by FACS profiles. The 293T cells were then treated with 800 rads of ionizing radiation and some Chk1 inhibitor at increasing concentrations (up to 80 mM). The cells were then harvested and fixed overnight with 5 mL of cooled 70% ethanol at -20 ° C. The cells were then pelleted by centrifugation at 1000 × g for 10 minutes and then stained with 1 mL of solution containing 50 mg / mL of propidium iodide and 250 mg / mL of RNase at room temperature. Stained cells were then analyzed by FAC on FL2 using a Becton-Dickinson apparatus. These experiments demonstrated that cells treated with radiation and excipients alone remained blocked at G2 while cells treated with Chk1 inhibitors were distributed at the G1 and S stages. These data together with the data suggest that Chk1 inhibitors can continually circulate cells in the presence of ionizing radiation.

Example 18

Chk1 promotes cell death by cancer treatment

To test the hypothesis that inhibition of Chk1 enhances the killing effect of DNA damaging agents, cells were incubated in the presence of selective Chk1 inhibitors and radiation or chemical DNA damaging agents. Cells spread out at densities of 1000-2000 / well in 96-well microtiter plates with 10% PBS, 100 U / mL penicillin and 100 μg / mL at 37 ° C. in a humidified incubator with 5% CO _2. Proliferation was carried out in RMPI 1640 containing streptomycin for 18 hours. Cells tested were HeLa, ACHN, 786-0, HCT116, SW620, HT29, Colo205, SK-MEL-5, SK-MEL-28, A549, H322, OVCAR-3, SK-OV-3, MDA-MB -231, MCF-7, PC-3, HL-60, K562 and MOLT4. All cell lines are named for human cell lines and are as follows.

HeLa Cervical Adenocarcinoma ACHN Kidney adenocarcinoma 786-0 Kidney adenocarcinoma HCT116 Colon cancer SW620 Colon Cancer, Lymph Node Metastasis HT-29 Colorectal adenocarcinoma Colo205 Colon adenocarcinoma SK-MEL-5 Melanoma SK-MEL-28 Malignant Melanoma A549 Lung cancer H322 Bronchoalveolar Cancer OVCAR-3 Ovarian Adenocarcinoma SK-OV-3 Ovarian Adenocarcinoma MDA-MB-231 Breast adenocarcinoma MCF-7 Breast adenocarcinoma PC-3 Prostate adenocarcinoma that has metastasized to bone HL-60 Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia KS62 Chronic myelogenous leukemia MOLT4 Acute lymphocytic leukemia; T lymphocytes

Cells were treated with media containing only chemotherapeutic agents, or media containing chemotherapeutic agents and compounds 12 and 29. The cells were then incubated for about 5 days before measuring proliferation via measurement of ³ H-thymidine uptake. Chemotherapeutic agents include etoposide, doxorubicin, cisplatin, chlorambucil and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU). The concentration of the drug required to inhibit cell proliferation up to 90% of untreated control cells was defined as GL ₉₀ . At concentrations below 100 μM, compounds 12 and 29 enhanced the killing effect of 5-FU by 2 to 10 fold.

Compounds 2 and 12 were tested in terms of their ability to enhance the killing effect of the formulations using additional antimetabolic agents including methotrexate, hydroxyurea, 2-chloroadenosine, fludarabine, azacytidine and gemcytibine. These Chk1 inhibitors have been shown to enhance cell death against hydroxyurea, fludarabine, 5-azacytidine and methotrexate, which combined with inhibition of Chk1 and blocking of DNA synthesis resulted in cell death by these agents. To increase.

In addition, the ability of the Chk1 inhibitor to enhance the killing effect by radiation was tested. In HeLa cells, compounds 12 and 29 were found to improve 2-3 times the killing effect by radiation.

Example 19

Animal tumor models

To test the ability of the Chk1 inhibitor to enhance the tumor killing effect by 5-FU in mice, a xenograft tumor model was established using a colon cancer cell line. Colo205 and HT20 cells (human colon cancer) were used to spread xenograft tumors in thymic Balb / c (nu / nu) mice of 6-8 week old females. Mice were kept in a streamlined airflow cabinet free of pathogens and freely supplied with sterile diet and water. The cell lines were then proliferated with subconfluence in RPMI 1640 medium enriched with 10% FBS, 100 U / mL penicillin, 100 μg / mL streptomycin and 1.5 mL L-glutamine under 5% CO ₂ humidification environment. . Single cell suspensions were prepared in CMF-PBS and the cell concentration was adjusted to 1 × 10 ⁸ cells / mL. A total of 1 × 10 ⁷ cells (100 μL) were subcutaneously inoculated into the right flank or right leg of the mouse.

Mice were randomly divided into four treatment groups (5 mice / group) and used when tumor weight reached 75-100 mg (usually 7-11 days after inoculation). Tumors were measured with vernier calipers and tumor weights were calculated using an experimentally derived formula, ie tumor weight (mg) = tumor length (mm) x tumor width (mm) ² /3.3. Treatment includes (i) intraperitoneal injection of 100 μL of 5-FU at 50 mg / kg, 100 mg / kg, or 150 mg / kg. Dose-dependent delay of tumor growth was observed in mice treated with 5-FU. Tumor size was observed every other day during the experiment.

Many changes and modifications of the invention described above have been made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention, and therefore, it is clear that the invention is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (30)

A method of inhibiting intracellular checkpoint kinase 1, comprising contacting an effective amount of a compound of formula 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or solvate thereof with a cell: Formula 1 In the above formula, X ¹ is absent or is -O-, -S-, -CH _2- , or -N (R ¹ )-, X ² is -O-, -S-, or -N (R ¹ )-, Y is O or S, or = Y represents two hydrogen atoms attached to a common carbon atom, W is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl or aryl group, Z is selected from the group consisting of hydro, aryl, and heteroaryl, Wherein the aryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ² , and the heteroaryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ⁵ , wherein the hetero of W Cycloalkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents represented by R ⁶ , R ¹ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl, R ² is halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , CO ₂ R ³ , C (O) N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ , N (R ¹ ) COR ³ , N (R ¹ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ³ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ³ and SR ^{3 It} is selected from the group consisting of, R ³ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ⁴ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ; OCF _3; C _1-3 alkylene-N (R ⁴⁾ ₃ ^+; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ) ₂ or two R ³ groups together form an optionally substituted 3-6 membered aliphatic ring, R ⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ⁴ groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring, R ⁵ is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , halo, N ₃ , CN, C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ and Selected from the group consisting of, R ⁶ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl. The method of claim 1, X ¹ and X ² are -N (H)-, Y is O or S, W is heteroaryl comprising two or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, said ring being selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ and halo Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected, Z is Selected from the group consisting of, Wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of hydro, OR ³ , SR ³ and N (R ³ ) ₂ , J is selected from the group consisting of CR ²⁰ , NR ²⁰ , O and S, K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ , NR ²¹ , O and S, L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² , NR ²² , O and S, M is selected from the group consisting of CR ²³ , NR ²³ , O and S, R ²⁰ , R ²¹ and R ²² are each absent or are hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , OR ²⁵ , CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneC (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C ( O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _{1- 3} alkyleneOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkylene N ( R ²⁵ ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C ( O) heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ and SR ²⁵ ; R ²³ is absent or is selected from the group consisting of hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl and halo, R ²⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl, R ²⁵ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Heterocycle; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ²⁶ ; And C _1-6 alkyl substituted with halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ²⁶ ) ₂ or SO ₂ R ²⁶ , R ²⁶ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ²⁶ groups together form an optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered ring How. The pyridazinyl, pyri according to claim 2, wherein W is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ and halo. The method is selected from the group consisting of midinyl, pyrazinyl and triazinyl. The compound of claim 2 wherein W is The method is selected from the group consisting of. The method of claim 2, J is selected from the group consisting of CR ²⁰ and NR ²⁰ , R ²⁰ is absent or is hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl and halo, K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ and NR ²¹ , L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² and NR ²² , One of R ²¹ and R ²² is hydro, the other is CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵⁾ SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene-OC _1-3 alkylene-aryl, C _1-3 alkylene-N (R ²⁵⁾ C _1-3 alkylene aryl, C _1-3 alkylene-N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C _{1- 3} alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ and SR ²⁵ . The method of claim 2, wherein W is pyrazinyl. The method of claim 1, wherein X ¹ is absent, X ² is —N (H) —, Y is O, and Z is hydro. Administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or solvate thereof in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, radiotherapy, or mixtures thereof to a subject undergoing chemotherapy or radiotherapy for a medical condition Sensitizing cells of said individual, comprising the steps of: Formula 1 In the above formula, X ¹ is absent or is -O-, -S-, -CH _2- , or -N (R ¹ )-, X ² is -O-, -S-, or -N (R ¹ )-, Y is O or S, or = Y represents two hydrogen atoms attached to a common carbon atom, W is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, and C _1-3 alkyl substituted with heteroaryl or aryl group, Z is selected from the group consisting of hydro, aryl, and heteroaryl, Wherein the aryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ² , and the heteroaryl groups of W and Z are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents represented by R ⁵ , wherein the hetero of W Cycloalkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted by 1 to 2 substituents represented by R ⁶ , R ¹ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl, R ² is halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , CO ₂ R ³ , C (O) N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ , N (R ¹ ) COR ³ , N (R ¹ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ³ , N (R ³ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ³ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ³ and SR ^{3 It} is selected from the group consisting of, R ³ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ⁴ ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ⁴ ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₃ ⁺ ; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ ) ₂ , or two R ³ groups together form a 3- to 6-membered aliphatic ring optionally substituted, R ⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ⁴ groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring, R ⁵ is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , halo, N ₃ , CN, C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ³ ) ₂ , C (O) R ³ and Selected from the group consisting of, R ⁶ is selected from the group consisting of halo and C _1-6 alkyl. The method of claim 8, further comprising administering one or more cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, or other hematopoietic factors. The method of claim 8, X ¹ and X ² are -N (H)-, Y is O or S, W is heteroaryl comprising two or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, said ring being selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ and halo Optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected, Z is Selected from the group consisting of, Wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of hydro, OR ³ , SR ³ and N (R ³ ) ₂ , J is selected from the group consisting of CR ²⁰ , NR ²⁰ , O and S, K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ , NR ²¹ , O and S, L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² , NR ²² , O and S, M is selected from the group consisting of CR ²³ , NR ²³ , O and S, R ²⁰ , R ²¹ and R ²² are absent or are each independently hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , OR ²⁵ , CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C ( O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkylenehetero Aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ and SR ²⁵ , R ²³ is absent or is selected from the group consisting of hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl and halo, R ²⁴ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _1-6 alkynyl and aryl, R ²⁵ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Heterocycle; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ²⁶ ; And C _1-6 alkyl substituted with halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ²⁶ ) ₂ , or SO ₂ R ²⁶ , R ²⁶ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ²⁶ groups together form an optionally substituted 3- to 6-membered ring How. The compound of claim 10, wherein W is optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ³ ) ₂ , OR ³ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 Alkylene C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl, C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl, optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) ₂ , OCF ₃ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ⁴ ) Pyridazinyl, pyrimidy optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of ₃ ⁺ , C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl, CH (C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ⁴ ) ₂ ) ₂ and halo The method is selected from the group consisting of nil, pyrazinyl and triazinyl. The method of claim 10, J is selected from the group consisting of CR ²⁰ and NR ²⁰ , R ²⁰ is absent or hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl and halo, K is selected from the group consisting of CR ²¹ and NR ²¹ , L is selected from the group consisting of CR ²² and NR ²² , One of R ²¹ and R ²² is hydro, the other is CO ₂ R ²⁵ , C (O) N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) COR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁴ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ²⁵ , N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ²⁵ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ²⁵ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) R ³ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C ( O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ³ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ²⁵ ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ²⁵ ) C (O) heteroaryl and SR ²⁵ . The method of claim 10, wherein W is pyrazinyl. The method of claim 8, wherein the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, hormones or antagonists thereof, radioisotopes, antibodies, and mixtures thereof. The method of claim 8, wherein the radiotherapy is selected from the group consisting of gamma radiation, X-ray radiation, ultraviolet light, visible light, infrared radiation, and microwave radiation. The method of claim 8, wherein the symptom is selected from the group consisting of colorectal cancer, head and neck cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, vulvar cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, ovarian cancer, brain tumor, osteosarcoma and lung cancer. How is cancer. The method of claim 8, wherein the symptoms are mucosal and protocellular carcinoma, locally advanced tumor, metastatic cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, cancer metastasis, lymphoid metastasis, squamous cell carcinoma, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral cancer, multiple myeloma , Acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphoid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, blastocyst leukemia, exudative lymphoma (celiac lymphoma), thymic lymphoma lung cancer, small cell tumor, skin T cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's Lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, adrenal cortical cancer, ACTH forming tumor, non-small cell cancer, breast cancer, small cell tumor, catheter tumor, gastric cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, polyps, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, primary surface bladder cancer , Bladder invasive metastatic cell carcinoma and muscle invasive bladder cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, primary peritoneal epithelial cancer, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, uterine cancer and ovarian follicle solid cancer, testicular cancer, negative Cancer, renal cell tumor, endogenous brain tumor, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma brain tumor, glioma, metastatic tumor cell invasion in central nervous system, osteoma and osteosarcoma, malignant melanoma, tumor progression of keratinocytes of human skin, squamous cell carcinoma, And cancer selected from the group consisting of thyroid cancer, retinoblastoma, neuroblastoma, peritoneal effusion, malignant pleural effusion, mesothelioma, wilms' tumor, gallbladder cancer, trophoblastic tumor, hemangioblastoma and Kaposi's sarcoma. The method of claim 8, wherein said treatment is administered for an inflammatory condition selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, vitiligo, Wegener's granulomatosis, and systemic lupus erythematosus. Compounds having the formula and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs or solvates thereof: Y 'is O or S, W 'is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , N ₃ , CN, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , And optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, Selected from the group consisting of, Z ' Selected from the group consisting of, Wherein Q 'is selected from the group consisting of hydro, OR ⁷ , SR ⁷ and N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , provided that at least one of J', K ', L' and M 'is N, O, or S Q 'is hydro, J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ , NR ⁸ , O and S, K 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁹ , NR ⁹ , O and S, L 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ , NR ¹⁰ , O and S, M 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹¹ , NR ¹¹ , O and S, provided that Z' is other than pyridone, R ⁷ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹² ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₃ ⁺ ; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ) ₂ independently, or two R ⁷ groups together form a 3- to 6-membered aliphatic ring optionally substituted, R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ are absent or are each independently hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C ( O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenehetero Aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ² , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) is selected from heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene-OR ^7, and the group consisting of SR ^7, R ⁷ are the same as described above He said, R ¹¹ is absent or is selected from the group consisting of hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl and halo, R ¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹² groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring, R ¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl, Provided that when Q 'is hydro or OCH ₃ , at least one of R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is other than hydro, CH ₃ , OCH ₃ and halo. 20. The compound of claim 19 wherein W ' And Compound selected from the group consisting of. The compound of claim 20, wherein W ′ is methyl, CF ₃ , optionally substituted aryl, N ₃ , benzyl, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , halo and Compound substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of. The compound of claim 19, wherein Q ′ is OR ⁷ . The compound of claim 22, wherein Q ′ is OCH ₃ . The compound of claim 19, wherein R ¹³ is hydro. The method of claim 19, J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ and NR ⁸ , R ⁸ is absent or is hydro, C _1-6 alkyl and halo, K 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁹ and NR ⁹ , L 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ and NR ¹⁰ , One of R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is hydro, the other is CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 Alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene OR ⁷ , CF ₃ , C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) SO ₂ aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) SO ₂ heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkyleneOC _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C ( O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ² , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) aryl, C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ , C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) C (O) heteroaryl and SR ⁷ is a substituent selected from the group consisting of. A method of inhibiting intracellular checkpoint kinase 1 (Chk1), comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of claim 19. Sensitizing the cells of the individual, comprising administering to the individual undergoing chemotherapy or radiotherapy for a medical condition, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 19 in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, radiotherapy, or mixtures thereof. Way. Compounds having the structure of In the above formula, R ²⁷ and R ²⁸ or Where R ²⁹ is Phosphorus compounds. N- (2-dimethylamino-1-phenyl-ethyl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide, N- (1-aza-bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide, N- (3-R-1-cyclohexylmethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl) -3-methoxy-4- [3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) ureido] benzamide, 1- [2- (2-dimethylamino-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3-pyrazin-2-yl-urea, 1- [2- (3-dimethylamino-propoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -3- [5-methyl-2- (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] urea, 1- [2- (2-dimethylamino-1-dimethylaminomethyl-ethoxy) -5-methyl-phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (2-S-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- {5-methyl-2- [2- (1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- {5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) -phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (S) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (3- (R) -1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-2-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3-quinoxalin-2-yl-urea, 1- [5-methyl-2- (piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea, 1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-3-ylmethoxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- [5-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea, 1- [4-fluoro-2- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy) phenyl] -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) -urea, 1- (2-methoxy-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea, 1- (4-{[(furan-3-ylmethyl) amino] methyl} -2-methoxy-phenyl) -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea and A compound selected from the group consisting of 1- {2-methoxy-4-[(4-methoxy-benzylamino) methyl] phenyl} -3- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl) urea. A composition comprising a compound of Formula 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier: Formula 2 In the above formula, Y 'is O or S, W ′ is C _1-6 alkyl, aryl, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , N ₃ , CN, C (O) R ⁷ , C _1-3 alkylenearyl, C _1-3 alkyleneN (R ¹² ) ₂ , And optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, Is selected from the group consisting of Z ' Selected from the group consisting of, Wherein Q 'is selected from the group consisting of hydro, OR ⁷ , SR ⁷ and N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , provided that at least one of J', K ', L' and M 'is N, O, or S Q 'is hydro, J 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁸ , NR ⁸ , O and S, K 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ⁹ , NR ⁹ , O and S, L 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹⁰ , NR ¹⁰ , O and S, M 'is selected from the group consisting of CR ¹¹ , NR ¹¹ , O and S, provided that Z' is other than pyridone, R ⁷ is hydro; C _1-6 alkyl; C _2-6 alkenyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more of halo, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, N (R ¹² ) ₂ and SO ₂ R ¹² ; C _1-3 alkylenearyl; C _1-3 alkyleneheteroaryl; C _1-3 alkyleneC _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ aryl; Optionally substituted C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ; OCF ₃ ; C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₃ ⁺ ; C _3-8 heterocycloalkyl; And CH (C _1-3 alkylene N (R ¹² ) ₂ ) ₂ independently, or two R ⁷ groups together form a 3- to 6-membered aliphatic ring optionally substituted, R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ are absent or are each independently hydro, halo, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, OCF ₃ , NO ₂ , CN, NC, N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , OR ⁷ , CO ₂ R ⁷ , C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) COR ⁷ , N (R ¹³ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C (O) R ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene C ( O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkylene OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneNHC (O) OR ⁷ , N (R ⁷ ) C (O) C _1-3 alkyleneSO ₂ NR ⁷ , C _1-3 alkyleneOR ⁷ and SR ⁷ is selected from the group consisting of R ⁷ as described above, R ¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of absent, hydro, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl, and halo, R ¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C _1-3 alkylenearyl and SO ₂ C _1-6 alkyl, or two R ¹² groups are optionally substituted together Form a 3-6 membered ring, R ¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydro, C _1-6 alkyl, C _2-6 alkenyl, C _2-6 alkynyl and aryl, Provided that when Q 'is hydro or OCH ₃ , at least one of R ⁸ , R ⁹ and R ¹⁰ is other than hydro, CH ₃ , OCH ₃ or halo.